Professional Documents
Culture Documents
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
THE QUEEN MOTHER
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number
(i.e. Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the
book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help
to guide the user.
Standard Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
B+ Battery Voltage
CAN Controller Area Network
DI Direction Indicator
LH Left-Hand
LHD Left-Hand Drive
LWB Long Wheelbase
N/A Normally Aspirated
NAS North American Specification
RH Right-Hand
RHD Right-Hand Drive
ROW Rest of World
SC Supercharged
SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network
VIN Vehicle Identification Number
Refer to the Vehicle Service Manual for a glossary of standard terms and their abbreviations.
➞ VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.
XJ Series Electrical System Architecture
The 1998 Model Year XJ Series uses an advanced electrical system architecture which features “multiplexing”, first
introduced in Jaguar vehicles with the XK8. Multiplexing allows for simplified wiring harnesses while providing greater
flexibility in programming market variants. Two data networks are used in the system: a controller area network (CAN)
for the engine, drive train and related systems, and a standard corporate protocol network (SCP) for the body systems.
Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures with the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network,
or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this
book. When appropriate, the user will be referred to the Appendix by a note on the Data page. In addition to the two networks,
the XJ Series uses two serial data buses (ISO) for diagnostics, for the security system and for the programming of certain
control modules.
The XJ Series uses both power and logic grounds; however, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as in
previous Sedan vehicles.
NOTE: The Appendix, which contains a catalog of CAN and SCP Network messages, follows the Figure and Data pages.
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
01 Power Distribution
01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles
01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes ...... All Vehicles
01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment
and EMS Fuse Boxes ..................................................................... All Vehicles
01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles
01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles
02 Ground Distribution
02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles
04 Engine Management
04.1 ...... AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 ............................. AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Vehicles
04.2 ...... AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ........................... AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Vehicles
04.3 ...... AJ26 3.2 Engine Management: Part 1 ............................................ AJ26 3.2 Vehicles
04.4 ...... AJ26 4.0 N/A and 3.2 Engine Management: Part 2 ......................... AJ26 4.0 N/A and 3.2 Vehicles
04.5 ...... AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1 .............................. AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Vehicles
04.6 ...... AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ............................. AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Vehicles
04.7 ...... AJ26 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2 ...................................... AJ26 4.0 SC Vehicles
05 Transmission
05.1 ...... AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission ................................................. AJ26 N/A Vehicles
05.2 ...... AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission .................................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles
05.3 ...... Gearshift Interlock .......................................................................... All Vehicles
06 Anti-Lock Braking
06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles
07 Climate Control
07.1 ...... Climate Control: Part 1 ................................................................... All Vehicles
07.2 ...... Climate Control: Part 2 ................................................................... All Vehicles
09 Exterior Lighting
09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: NAS Front ........................................................... NAS Vehicles
09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: ROW Front ......................................................... ROW Vehicles
09.3 ...... Exterior Lighting: NAS Rear ............................................................ NAS Vehicles
09.4 ...... Exterior Lighting: ROW Rear .......................................................... ROW Vehicles
09.5 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
10 Interior Lighting
10.1 ...... Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener ............................................ All Vehicles
10.2 ...... Dimmer Controlled Lighting ........................................................... All Vehicles
12 Seat Systems
12.1 ...... Driver Seat: Memory ...................................................................... Driver Memory Seat Vehicles
12.2 ...... Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered .......................................................... Driver 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
12.3 ...... Driver Seat: Raise / Lower .............................................................. Driver Raise / Lower Seat Vehicles
12.4 ...... Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered ................................................... Passenger 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
12.5 ...... Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB ........................................ LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
12.6 ...... Heaters Only Front Seats: LHD ...................................................... Heaters Only Front Seats LHD Vehicles
12.7 ...... Heaters Only Front Seats: RHD ...................................................... Heaters Only Front Seats RHD Vehicles
12.8 ...... Rear Seats: Powered ..................................................................... LWB / Powered Seat Vehicles
12.9 ...... Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Seats ................................................ LWB / Powered Seat Vehicles
12.10 .... Rear Seat Heaters .......................................................................... Heaters Only Rear Seat Vehicles
13 Door Locking
13.1 ...... Central Door Locking: ROW ........................................................... ROW Vehicles
13.2 ...... Central Door Locking: NAS ............................................................. NAS Vehicles
18 Ancillaries
18.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; Accessory Connectors ............... All Vehicles
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ................. Fig. 06.1 BODY PROCESSOR MODULE (continued) ............................. Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
ACCELEROMETER – LATERAL ............................................... Fig. 11.6 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
ACCELEROMETERS – VERTICAL ........................................... Fig. 11.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY ........................................ Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE ............................ Fig. 11.6 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ....................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY ........... Fig. 04.4
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH ....................................................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR ..................................................... Fig. 06.1
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE .............................. Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .................................. Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1
AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY ..................................... Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR .................................. Fig. 17.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ............................................ Fig. 04.1
AIRBAG – DRIVER SIDE .......................................................... Fig. 17.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
AIRBAG – PASSENGER SIDE .................................................. Fig. 17.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ....................................... Fig. 07.1
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ....................................................... Fig. 04.1
ANTENNA MOTOR ................................................................. Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
CD AUTO-CHANGER ............................................................... Fig. 16.1
ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY ......................................................... Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER ............................................... Fig. 08.2
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ........................................ Fig. 09.1
AUTO TILT SWITCH ................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY .................................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
BATTERY ................................................................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH ................................................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
BLOWER AIR INTAKES ........................................................... Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
BLOWER MOTOR RELAYS .................................................... Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
BLOWER MOTORS ................................................................ Fig. 07.2
CIGAR LIGHTERS .................................................................... Fig. 10.2
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ................................................ Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
CLOCK .................................................................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.2 COLUMN JOY STICK .............................................................. Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH ..................................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ......................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH ................................... Fig. 04.4 DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR ................. Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH (STEERING WHEEL) .................. Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
D – 4 SWITCH ......................................................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
DAMPER SOLENOIDS ............................................................ Fig. 11.6
DOOR LOCK ACTUATORS ..................................................... Fig. 13.1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR ....................................................... Fig. 19.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER ........................................ Fig. 10.1
DIMMER CONTROL ................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
DIMMER MODULE ................................................................. Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
DIODE (BT38) – TRUNK SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
DIODE (BT40) – NUMBER PLATE ........................................... Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4 DOOR LOCKING RELAY ......................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
DIP BEAM RELAY ................................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY ............................................ Fig. 07.2
DIRECTION INDICATORS ....................................................... Fig. 09.1 DOOR MIRROR MOTORS ...................................................... Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ................................... Fig. 10.1 DOOR MIRRORS .................................................................... Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER REAR ............................................. Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR ......................... Fig. 10.1 DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER REAR .................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH ........................................................... Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
E-POST LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ........................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 EGR VALVE ............................................................................. Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
EMS CONTROL RELAY ........................................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH ...................... Fig. 13.3
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ................................................. Fig. 03.1 FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT .................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT .................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
FUSE BOX – LH HEELBOARD ................................................ Fig. 01.1
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ........................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
FUSE BOX – RH HEELBOARD ................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE ............................................. Fig. 04.1
FUSE BOX – TRUNK ................................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY ...................... Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
FASCIA SWITCH PACK ........................................................... Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
FOG LAMPS – FRONT ............................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 GARAGE DOOR OPENER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1
FOG LAMP SWITCHES ........................................................... Fig. 09.1 GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE ......................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
FOLD-BACK RELAY ................................................................. Fig. 11.5 GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ...................................... Fig. 05.3
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR .................................... Fig. 13.1 HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATORS ..................................... Fig. 09.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
HEADLAMP LEVELING SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 09.5
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ........................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 HEATED BACKLIGHT .............................................................. Fig. 07.2
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ...................................... Fig. 13.1 HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY .................................................. Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS .................................................. Fig. 04.1
FUEL INJECTION RELAY ........................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
FUEL INJECTORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
HEATER PUMP ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............................................................. Fig. 08.1
HEATER PUMP RELAY ........................................................... Fig. 07.2
FUEL PUMP 1 ......................................................................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 HEATER VALVE ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2
FUEL PUMP 2 ......................................................................... Fig. 04.7 HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP ................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
FUEL PUMP RELAY 1 ............................................................. Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE .................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
FUEL PUMP RELAY 2 ............................................................. Fig. 04.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
HORN RELAY .......................................................................... Fig. 13.3 KEYFOB ANTENNA ................................................................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
HORN SWITCHES ................................................................... Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
HORNS .................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4 KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE .............................................. Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
IGNITION COIL RELAY ............................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
IGNITION COILS ...................................................................... Fig. 04.4
KEYLOCK SOLENOID ............................................................. Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
KICKDOWN SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 05.1
IGNITION MODULES .............................................................. Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
KNOCK SENSORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.1
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAYS .................................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) ...................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
LAMP UNITS – FRONT ............................................................ Fig. 09.1
IGNITION SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 02.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
LIGHTING STALK .................................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
IMPACT SENSORS .................................................................. Fig. 17.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
INCLINATION SENSOR ........................................................... Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
INERTIA SWITCH .................................................................... Fig. 02.1
LUMBAR DEFLATE RELAY – LH ............................................. Fig. 12.8
INSTRUMENT PACK ............................................................... Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.1 MAIN BEAM RELAY ................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR ..................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
MEMORY SWITCHES (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) .......... Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 MIRROR JOY STICK ................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 11.3
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR ................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5 MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) ......................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 ................................. Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6 NEUTRAL SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 03.1
INTERCOOLER PUMP ............................................................ Fig. 04.7 NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH ................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY ................................................ Fig. 04.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR ............................................. Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
INTRUSION SENSORS ............................................................ Fig. 13.3
NUMBER PLATE LAMPS ........................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
OXYGEN SENSORS ................................................................ Fig. 04.1 SEAT CONTROL MODULE – REAR ........................................ Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 12.1
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 12.4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ..... Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER .............................................. Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – REAR ......................................... Fig. 12.8
PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS .... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 SEAT FORE / AFT MOTORS – REAR ....................................... Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6 SEAT HEADREST MOTORS – REAR ....................................... Fig. 12.8
POWER AMPLIFIER ................................................................ Fig. 16.2 SEAT HEATER RELAY – DRIVER ............................................. Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE .............. Fig. 11.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
POWER WASH PUMP ............................................................ Fig. 14.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
POWERWASH RELAY ............................................................ Fig. 14.1 SEAT HEATER RELAY – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
PUDDLE LAMPS ..................................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ........................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES ...................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
RADIATOR FANS .................................................................... Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT ............................................. Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES – REAR ......................................... Fig. 12.9
RADIO ANTENNA ................................................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
SEAT HEATER TIMERS – REAR .............................................. Fig. 12.9
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) ............... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
SEAT LOWER RELAY .............................................................. Fig. 12.3
RADIO ..................................................................................... Fig. 10.2
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER ............................................ Fig. 12.1
RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR ......................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.4
READER / EXCITER COIL ........................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
SEAT LUMBAR PUMPS – REAR ............................................. Fig. 12.8
REAR SIDE MARKERS ............................................................ Fig. 09.3
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCHES – REAR ........................................ Fig. 12.8
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH .......................................... Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 SEAT MOTOR – DRIVER (RAISE / LOWER ONLY) .................. Fig. 12.3
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH ........................... Fig. 04.4 SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 12.4
ROOF CONSOLE .................................................................... Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONERS ................................................ Fig. 17.1 SEAT RAISE RELAY ................................................................ Fig. 12.3
SEAT BELT SWITCH ............................................................... Fig. 08.2 SEAT SWITCH – PASSENGER FORE / AFT – REAR ................ Fig. 12.5
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 12.1 SEAT SWITCH – PASSENGER RECLINE – REAR .................... Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR ............................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE .................... Fig. 09.3 SWITCH PACK – DRIVER REAR DOOR ................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT (RAISE / LOWER ONLY) ....... Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT ............................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR ..................................... Fig. 10.2
SIDE AIRBAGS ........................................................................ Fig. 17.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
SIDE DI REPEATERS ............................................................... Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
SIDE MARKERS – FRONT ....................................................... Fig. 09.1 SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER REAR DOOR .......................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
SIDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY ............. Fig. 09.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT ...................................... Fig. 12.4
SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE ..................................... Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
TAIL LAMP UNITS ................................................................... Fig. 09.3
SLIDING ROOF MOTOR ......................................................... Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
TELEPHONE ANTENNA .......................................................... Fig. 16.3
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH (ROOF CONSOLE) .......................... Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 TELEPHONE HANDSET .......................................................... Fig. 16.3
SOLAR SENSOR ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 TELEPHONE MICROPHONE ................................................... Fig. 16.3
SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETERS ............................................. Fig. 16.2 TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ................................................... Fig. 16.3
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS ...................................... Fig. 16.1 THROTTLE MOTOR ................................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER ...................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS ........................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ...................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER ......................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
SQUAB HEATERS – DRIVER ................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
SQUAB HEATERS – PASSENGER ........................................... Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5 TRAILER CONNECTOR ........................................................... Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE ................................................. Fig. 01.1
SQUAB HEATERS – REAR ...................................................... Fig. 12.9
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A ................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH ........................... Fig. 06.1
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC .................... Fig. 05.2
STARTER MOTOR .................................................................. Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ26 N/A ........ Fig. 05.1
STARTER RELAY ..................................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2 TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ26 SC .......... Fig. 05.2
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS .............................................. Fig. 11.2 TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH ........................................ Fig. 05.1
STOP LAMP RELAY ................................................................ Fig. 09.3 TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK ........................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
SUBWOOFER ......................................................................... Fig. 16.2 TRIP CYCLE SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 08.1
SUPPRESSION MODULE ....................................................... Fig. 03.1 TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ........................................ Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
TRUNK LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR ............................................. Fig. 10.2
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR ..... Fig. 14.1
The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols
refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates
the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 – Ground Distri-
bution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 14.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are fold-
ing pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds.
This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for “active” and “inactive” states.
The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit con-
nections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit
operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST5 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
DATE OF ISSUE
DATA PAGE
XJ Series 1998 Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A Fig 03.1
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N N
BT61 ST6 ST5
250A x 2
N 01.1
BT62
B N
BT67 BT66 BT60 250A BT63 N 01.1
NB
13 B+
FC15-80 O GO GO GO
FC15-73 EM2-8 EMS28
III RW RW I
1
FC4-1 FC15-41 ENGINE
CRANKING
II WO 02.1 CONTROL
FC4-3 Y D EM50
BK I WN FC15-39 NW 3 5 WR
02.1 74
FCS7 FC4-5 FC4-2 SU D
BK
FC15-92 40 WK 1 2 GO
IGNITION SWITCH II
FC17L (III) SO D
FC15-21
STARTER RELAY
BK RU RU LOGIC
I
CCS5 CC21-3 CC21-1 FC7-3 FC15-7
BK POWER
NEUTRAL
CC3R SWITCH
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
I GO
ENGINE EM11-6
START
SO D
FUEL PUMP
PARK, NEUTRAL
05.1
RU I CONTROL FC22-11
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) AND
EM10-15 IGNITION SU D
FC22-9
SECURITY D Y Y Y D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 EM2-13 FCS30 FC22-17
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
WR WR
ST3 EM60-2
ST1 N N
6
33 WS WK
II B
PI2-12 PI50-2
REGULATOR
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
08.1
SW SW SW ST2
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM3-7 PI1-11 PI50-1
STARTER MOTOR
N B
AN3-1 AN1 ST4
B
AN3-2 AN2
GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols
Reference symbols are used for three purposes:
• to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground
• to refer the user to a related circuit
• to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds
X Battery Power Supply
This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.
X X X Ignition Switched Power Supply
I II E
This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5.
The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III
(ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control.
X XX XX
I II Ignition Switched Ground
This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1.
This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III
(ENGINE CRANK).
XX.X BPM Figure Number Reference Flag
This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure.
As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, the
user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit.
In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are used
to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs are over-
lapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances where signals
are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are noted by (CIRCUIT
CONTINUED).
BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference flags
on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space.
Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)
I O D C S
Input Output Serial and Encoded Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
Communications
These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules. The
symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also em-
ployed on the corresponding data page.
CONNECTOR When a wire has two or more color code letters, the first
letter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter(s)
indicate the tracer color(s).
DIODE
Wiring Harness Codes
Code Description
DIODE (IN HARNESS)
XX1-X XX1 XX1-X AN Generator link harness
BB Rear seat motors and heaters harness
BC Rear seat center console harness
EYELET AND STUD BL Bumper harness – LH front
BR Bumper harness – RH front
BS Rear seat link harness
FUSE BT Trunk harness
CA Cabin harness
CC Center console harness
LOGIC GROUND
CF Radiator cooling fan harness
DD Driver door harness
EM Engine management harness
POWER GROUND FC Fascia harness
FL Axle harness – LH front
FP Fuel tank pressure sensor link harness
LED FR Axle harness – RH front
GB Transmission harness
LED
HP Steering wheel horn switch harness
IC In-car entertainment harness
MOTOR
IJ Fuel injector harness – supercharged
LA Axle harness – LH rear
POTENTIOMETER LL Power steering link harness
LS Forward harness
PD Passenger door harness
RESISTOR
PI Engine harness
RA Axle harness – RH rear
SOLENOID RD Rear driver door harness
RP Rear passenger door harness
XXXXX
-XX RT Radio telephone harness
SPLICE HEADER -XX SC Steering column switchgear harness
-XX
SH Windshield heater link harness
SUPPRESSION DIODE
SM-D Driver seat harness
SM-P Passenger seat harness
SR Sliding roof motor link harness
SUPPRESSION RESISTOR
ST Main power harness
SW Steering wheel harness
THERMISTOR
Code Numbering
TRANSISTOR
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar
Engineering uses a three-position format: CA001, CA002,
WIRE CONTINUED etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the
codes have been shortened. Thus CA001-001 becomes
ZENER DIODE
CA1-1, CA002-001 becomes CA2-1, etc.
Connectors
HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER
EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash)
Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).
Splices
HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER
EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used)
NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components, in
wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to show
wires from other circuits.
RHS3 RHS3
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
Harness code Splice number
Splice
Splice Headers
Three non-serviceable splice headers are used in the system harness. Splice headers are depicted as components and
identified by a connector number within the component. The splice header number appears at the upper left hand corner;
pin numbers appear adjacent to each pin.
EXAMPLE: CA223
-5
-4
-6
Diodes
Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number.
EXAMPLE:
BT29-1 BT29 BT29-2
Relay Connectors
Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay;
the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector. In this in-
stance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay are identified
by numbers 6 – 10.
EXAMPLE:
CA20 4 CA20 9
3 5 8 10
1 2 6 7
Grounds
HARNESS CODE + GROUND EYELET NUMBER + EYELET DESIGNATION (L or R where applicable)
Eyelet designation
Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’ and can be identified
by the absence of a suffix. The eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified by the suffix L (left) or R (right).
L R
EXAMPLES:
Harness code Harness code Harness code
Ground eyelet number Ground eyelet number Ground eyelet number
Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground designa-
tion is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLES:
NOTE: The XJ Series ground studs are not identified by code. Therefore, multiple eyelets with different harness codes
may be connected to a ground stud.
SCP Network
Due to circuit complexity and because space is limited, the SCP Network is, in most cases, shown as a broken grey line
indicating that there is network communication between the depicted control modules. Refer to Fig. 19.1 for circuit details.
EXAMPLE:
The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle.
Augat 1.6
8-way connector.
ST4
GENERATOR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT ST19
FUSE BOX
ST1
ST5
ST6
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
LH HEELBOARD RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX FUSE BOX
ST15 ST14 ST13
BT61
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
BT60
BT62
BT63
+ BT66
BATTERY
BT67
– BT65
LHD RHD
FRONT OF VEHICLE FRONT OF VEHICLE
RADIATOR COOLING FAN RADIATOR COOLING FAN
HARNESS (CF) HARNESS (CF)
BUMPER HARNESS – BUMPER HARNESS – BUMPER HARNESS – BUMPER HARNESS –
LH FRONT (BL) RH FRONT (BR) LH FRONT (BL) RH FRONT (BR)
LL2 LL2
AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL) AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR) AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL) AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR)
CABIN HARNESS (CA) IC1 CA109 REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB) CABIN HARNESS (CA) IC1 CA109 REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB)
IC3 IC3
BT4 BT4
LHD RHD
AIRBAG / SRS
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE SINGLE POINT SENSOR
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DIMMER MODULE
DIMMER MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER
KEY TRANSPONDER TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION MODULE
MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR PASSENGER REAR DOOR PASSENGER REAR DOOR DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
4.0 SC NAS
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
6 5 4 3 2 1 11 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
R R BK WR GY GY B 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 PU PS RY KB — — — — OK SP W KN RW WU YR YN YG YU WU P — SR — — O WK UN ULG UG WR
— — — BU BW BY BO PN
12 11 10 9 8 7 22 13 12 16 15 14 13* 12* 11 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 5 13 12 11 10 9
G G B B B B B 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 — B WU W GR PY RW PW — RY SG SLG UP RG GO SG O K PG US NO
— — — BS BN BG BP —
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
LGU LGW LGO LGK UB — B Y S N U N R G GY UP U G UY UW UW BG — — Y PK RS OU
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 22 21 20 19 18 16 15 14 13 12 28 27 26 25 24 23 22
LGP LGS LGR LGY — O P BG BP — — BY BY K R BG BY BG Y G Y G — BK B
4.0 SC ROW
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
6 5 4 3 2 1 11 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
R R BK WR GY GY B 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 PU PS RY KB — — — — OK SP W KN RW WU YR YN YG YU WU P — SR — — O WK UN ULG UG WR
— — — BU BW BY BO PN
12 11 10 9 8 7 22 13 12 16 15 14 13* 12* 11 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 5 13 12 11 10 9
G G B B B B B 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 — B WU W GR PY RW PW — RY SG SLG UP RG GO SG O K PG US NO
— — — BS BN BG BP —
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
LGU LGW LGO LGK UB — B Y S N — — R G GY UP U G UY UW UW BG — — Y PK RS OU
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 22 21 20 19 18 16 15 14 13 12 28 27 26 25 24 23 22
LGP LGS LGR LGY — O P BG BP — — BY BY K R BG BY BG Y G Y G — BK B
EM61 EM62
EM7
INSTRUMENT PACK
LS27
TOP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
BK WG — — — SO — — — SU — — UY R — — — — S U — — Y Y — — PY SG OU UB OB — — — — — — — — UB R G RY
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
— B RO — — — — — BR — Y O — — — — — — — — — — G G BW RW — YW — — OS UW RLG SW OP — UO US S G Y Y O B NR
BT2 BT1
* NAS VEHICLES: FC15-56 NOT USED
53 54 55 56* 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78
RK RB SP UM GR SB PY RY KG — SG — — PU UR US OK GS SR YU — RW GR GK RG PG
BT2 / 26-WAY / BLACK BT1 / 16-WAY / BLACK
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
YK RW — U GB WN WY LGK OU — LGR OR Y WU RW UY WLG OY UG YB YLG OG GO GY RW BS 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
— — — — — LGS — GW RY — — — US S RO NK YW OG UW — —
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
RY GY GK GU SO YW — — LGU RW YB OP — UB WO RY OY YS BLG OG SO — — NW B YG YO — — — — — — — — — — — — U NY BK BK — — — UB
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78
RK RB SP UW GR SB PY RY KG — SG — — PU UR US OK GS SR YU — RW GR GK RG PG
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
YK RW — U GB WN WY LGK OU — LGR OR Y WU RW UY WLG OY UG YB YLG OG GO GY RW BS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
RY GY GK GU SO YW — — LGU RW YB OP — UB WO RY OY YS BLG OG SO — — NW B YG
EM68
CA61 FC22
CC31 / 22-WAY / GREY CC30 / 12-WAY / GREY CC29 / 16-WAY / GREY CC28 / 26-WAY / GREY
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 7 8 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
12 13 B GW OU PG LGW BW BK O 22 SY SR — — UB KU — OR YG — UY — UK GP 14 15 LGN RW LGP RU SR Y NR — 24 25 26
WR B — — — — UR GU
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 11 1 2 11 12 13
WN WU NY PY UG P UN K ULG S SG — OY UG OP RG YW — SU SG US GO UY PS KW RY PR PY RB —
WP GY — RLG U — UW UO
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: MEMORY DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: NON-MEMORY
SM1-D / 16-WAY / BLACK SM2-D / 26-WAY / BLACK SM3-D / 10-WAY / BLACK SM1-D / 16-WAY / BLACK SM3-D / 10-WAY / BLACK
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 6 7 8 9 10 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 6 7 8 9 10
PY PW KY KW UW UY RY RW WB WB — — W W — — — — — — — GW — GY S U PY PW KY KW UW UY RY RW GW — GY S U
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5
RO RS US UO GS GO PS PO WB WB — — W W — WP WU WO WR WY — BK B KS KO NK RO RS US UO GS GO PS PO BK B KS KO NK
SM1-P SM3-P
SM1-P / 16-WAY / BLACK SM3-P / 10-WAY / BLACK BS6 / 12-WAY / WHITE BS7 / 22-WAY / WHITE BS2 / 12-WAY / BLUE BS1 / 22-WAY / BLUE
11 2 1 11 2 1
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 6 7 8 9 10 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
— — — SY — —
PY PW KY KW UW UY RY RW GW — GY S U GO GS PO PS OU OS PW PY RY — — — — — NW B NK B — — B — — — — — — —
22 13 12 22 13 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 12 11 10 9 8 7 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 12 11 10 9 8 7 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
— — — B — B
RO RS US UO GS GO PS PO — B KS KO NK GR GW OW B PW PR — RW UW UY YW YG GW GY NW — — — — — — — — — — — — —
DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS) DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS) PD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS) PD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BP BY OB OU OR UG BK UW — SY ON OG Y NO — BO — — — — — UW — SY — — — NO
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
BW — OU OY — YN YR — OW GW — — — BG U BK — — — — — — — — OW GW — — — — U BK
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BN BS G — BO SN — OK OU WU BR B B S — BG G — — — — — — — — — B S
DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW LHD) DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW LHD) PD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW) PD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW)
7 6 5 4 3 2* 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BP BY OB OU OR UG BK UW SU SY ON OG Y NO — BO — — — — — UW SU SY — — — NO
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
BW — OU OY — YN YR — OW GW — — — BG U BK — — — — — — — — OW GW — — — — U BK
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BN BS G — — SN — OK OU WU BR BO B S — BG G — — — — — — — — — B S
DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW RHD) DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW RHD)
7 6 5 4 3 2* 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BG BN OU OU OR UG BK UW SU SY ON OG Y NO
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
BS — OB OY — YN YR — OW GW — — — BP U BK
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BY BW G — — SN — OK OU WU BO BR B S
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
RD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS) RD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS) RP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS) RP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BK BO UP — — — — UW — — PN PG Y NO — BO — — — — — UW — — — — — NO
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
US — KS — — — — — OW GW — — — — U BK U — — — — — — U OW GW — — — — U BK
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
UN BG G — — — — YK PU WU BK — B S — BG G — — — — — — — — — B S
RD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW) RD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW) RP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW) RP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BK BO UP — — — — UW — — PN PG Y NO — BO — — — — — UW — — — — — NO
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
US — KS — — — — — OW GW — — — — U BK U — — — — — — U OW GW — — — — U BK
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
UN BG G — — — — YK PU WU BK — B S — BG G — — — — — — — — — B S
NOTE: RELAY COLORS ARE WRITTEN AS CASE COLOR / CONNECTOR COLOR. FOR EXAMPLE, BLACK / BLACK INDICATES A RELAY HAVING A BLACK CASE WITH A BLACK CONNECTOR. SOME RELAYS CONNECT DIRECTLY TO A FUSE BOX BUS; THE CONNECTOR COLOR FOR THESE RELAYS IS IDENTIFIED AS “BUS”.
LH HEELBOARD RELAYS AND FUSE BOX FRONT SEAT RELAYS CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD) ENGINE COMPARTMENT RELAYS AND FUSE BOX
RH HEELBOARD RELAYS AND FUSE BOX FRONT SEAT RELAYS CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N N
6 03.1 03.2 STARTER
BT61 ST6 ST5
250A x 2
N
B N BT62
WU O 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1
FC1-44 FC15-97
5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3
2 WO I
II
FC15-15 AUXILIARY POSITIVE IGNITION POSITIVE EMS CONTROL RELAY IGNITION POSITIVE
WN RELAY RELAY RELAY †
10 I
I
FC15-32
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5
I II E II
POWER
2 07.2 2 09.1 09.2
RELAYS RELAYS
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
3 2
BATTERY POWER BUS
LH HEELBOARD RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX FUSE BOX
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ from
the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin
identification on early production vehicles.
1 5 4
RELAYS RELAYS
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.1
BATTERY POWER BUS
NK NK NK NU #11 EM20
54 12.8 71 14.1 -2
#18 20A BT10 BT4-E CA109-6 #22 30A LS5
-1 -2
NW NW NW NW
55 12.8
#20 20A BT10 BT4-B CAS57 CA109-5 #13 EM20
-3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT -4
NW FUSE BOX
56 12.8
NW NW NG NG
80 07.2
CA109-7 BSS1 NW #15 30A EM19 EM42-2
57 12.8 -3
NW NP NP
58 12.8 81 07.2
#17 30A EM19 EM42-3
-1
NW NW
59 12.8 82 04.4 04.7
#18 10A EM19
-6
NW
60 12.8
NW NW
BCS3 NW
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
BS4-19
61 12.8 FUSE BOX
NW
62 12.8
NW
63 12.8
NP
64 12.9 12.10
NP NP NP
#22 20A BT10 BT4-F CA109-2 BSS3 NP
-2 65 12.9 12.10
2
II
NOTE: Splice header CA225 – early production vehicles only.
WS
#3 10A BT13
IGNITION POWER BUS
CA225 -8
WK WK 5 17.1
WK WK WK 24 19.1 19.2
CA2 -19 -18 II BT13 II
#10 5A #4 5A BT4-1 CA20-10
-7 -9
WU 25 12.9
WP WP WU WU WU II
6 07.1
II BT11 BSS6 WU
CA20-3 #5 5A
-2
BT4-5 CA109-1 26 12.9
WP II
7 07.2
II WS POWERED REAR SEAT VEHICLES.
WP WP 8 07.2
BT10 BTS30
-9
CA2 CAS9 II WU
#12 10A
-10 29 27 12.10
WP II II
9 07.2
II BSS7 WU
1 04.7 28 12.10
WP II
10 11.1
II 2 07.2
HEATERS ONLY REAR SEAT VEHICLES.
WG WG 11 04.4 04.7
WG II
CA19-6
4 04.4 04.7
#14 10A CA1 CAS47 WG WG 12 08.1
-8
II
FC1-31
RELAYS
WG WG II
19 10.1
CA42 CAS10 I WR
#10 5A
-7 35 09.5
WG II
20 16.3
I WR WR 36 13.3
WY WY LS8 LSS5 II
21 16.1 16.2 #3 10A
-8
CA42 I WR
#12 5A
-10
IC1-9 37 09.3 09.4
WU WR WR WR II
22 18.1
WU I FCS22 WR
LS3-12 FC5-46 38 09.5
CA41 CAS12 WU II
#14 25A
-8 23 18.1
I WU WU 39 06.1
LS8 II
#4 5A
-9
#16 CA41 WK 40 03.1 03.2
-5
II
LS5 WK 43 11.6
-9
II
44
II
1 07.2
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
3
E
WR 51 05.1
E
WP WP WP 55 04.1 04.5
E
EM2-3 FC1-46
WP 56 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
E
WP 57 04.4 04.7
E
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
II II II II
I I I I
WO 2 BPM
II
III RW WO WO 3
1 BPM
II
19.1 19.2
FC4-1 FC11-11
II WO WO 4 13.3 13.4
FCS21 II
FC4-3
BK I WN WO 5 14.1
FCS7 II
FC4-5 FC4-2 WO
BK
IGNITION SWITCH
FC1-14
FC17L
WO
WY WY 6 01.1
WO CA6-2 II
LS3-2
CAS82 CA6-1 WY WY 7 01.1
CA6-3 CAS22 II
WY WY 8 BPM
INERTIA SWITCH II
FC1-9
WO WO 9 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6 05.3 06.1 09.3 09.4 11.6
II
CA20-11
WN 10 BPM
I
WN 11 10.2
I
WN 13 07.1
WN WN I
WN 15 01.1
I
WN WN WN 16 15.1 15.2
CAS17 I
CA19-19
WN WN 17 18.1
I
BT4-3
BPM
NOTE: Body Processor Module
appears in numerous figures.
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N N
BT61 ST6 ST5
250A x 2
N 01.1
BT62
B N
BT67 BT66 BT60 250A BT63 N 01.1
NB
13 B+
FC15-80 O GO GO GO
FC15-73 EM2-8 EMS28
III RW RW I
1
FC4-1 FC15-41 ENGINE
CRANKING
II WO 02.1 CONTROL
FC4-3 Y D EM50
BK I WN FC15-39 NW 3 5 WR
02.1 74
FCS7 FC4-5 FC4-2 SU D
BK
FC15-92 40 WK 1 2 GO
IGNITION SWITCH II
FC17L (III) SO D
FC15-21
STARTER RELAY
BK RU RU LOGIC
I
CCS5 CC21-3 CC21-1 FC7-3 FC15-7
BK POWER
NEUTRAL
CC3R SWITCH
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
I GO
ENGINE EM11-6
START
SO D
FUEL PUMP
PARK, NEUTRAL
05.1
RU I CONTROL FC22-11
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) AND
EM10-15 IGNITION SU D
FC22-9
SECURITY D Y Y Y D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 EM2-13 FCS30 FC22-17
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
WR WR
ST3 EM60-2
ST1 N N
6
33 WS WK
II B
PI2-12 PI50-2
REGULATOR
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
08.1
SW SW SW ST2
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM3-7 PI1-11 PI50-1
STARTER MOTOR
N B
AN3-1 AN1 ST4
B
AN3-2 AN2
GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N N
BT61 ST6 ST5
250A x 2
N 01.1
BT62
B N
BT67 BT66 BT60 250A BT63 N 01.1
NB
13 B+
FC15-80 O GO GO GO
FC15-73 EM2-8 EMS28
III RW RW I
1
FC4-1 FC15-41 ENGINE
CRANKING
II WO 02.1 CONTROL
FC4-3 Y D EM50
BK BK I WN FC15-39 NW 3 5 WR
02.1 74
FCS7 FC4-5 FC4-2 SU D
FC15-92 40 WK 1 2 GO
IGNITION SWITCH II
FC17L (III) SO D
FC15-21
STARTER RELAY
LOGIC
P, N O RU RU I
CC8-4 FC7-3 FC15-7 POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
P, N O RS MODULE
B B B B I CC8-5 EM63-11
EMS4 EMS17 EM63-12 CC8-2
I GO
ENGINE EM11-6
START
SO D
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL I RS FC22-11
AND SU
IGNITION EM10-15 D
FC22-9
SECURITY D Y Y Y D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 EM2-13 FCS30 FC22-17
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE WR WR
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
ST3 EM60-2
ST1 N N
6
33 WS WK
II B
PI2-12 PI50-2
SW SW SW REGULATOR ST2
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 08.1
EM3-7 PI1-11 PI50-1
STARTER MOTOR
N B
AN3-1 AN1 ST4
B
AN3-2 AN2
GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
W
W
U
S
B
EM16R
WU
WU
RG
WU
RY
PI15 -1 -2 PI17 -1 -3 -2 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM22 -2 -1 EM24 -2 -1
BG
UP
WP
GY
BY
PN
BG
UY
47 WR B+
WP
UW
WP
WP
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
RG
BG
OK
E
PU
PS
EM10-1 PI1-16 PI1-27 PIS10
G
R
N
N
O
B
S
41 WK B+ 53 54 56 52
BY
BY
II E E E E
EM10-5
60 61 55
NO E E E
75 B+
EM10-9 PI1 -56 -54 -52 -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5 FC1-45 BT5 -1 -2 -3
WR BG
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
48
GY
BG
UY
UP
O
BY
BY
B+ EM10-20
UW
O
RG
N
B
OK
BG
Y
S
E UW
EM14-3 O EM10-21
I EM10-22
B BG
I EM10-23
BK BG BG BG
9 WO
II
BG PI1-6 BG PIS1 BG
CC40-4
US I EM11-7
RG EMS2 EM3-8 RG FC1-35 RG BT4-34
SECURITY
03.1
Y D O EM13-12
RW* BRD
ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 O EM13-13
PY* EMS3
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-17
N
EM10-25 I EM13-18
S PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 -14 PI1 -3 -4 -1
CAN 19.1
Y C+ I EM13-19
Y
BRD
UW
EM10-26 I EM13-20
B
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-27
BG
EM10-27 I EM13-28
P EMS9 PIS9
BRD
Y O
UW
BG
BG
UW
BY
CAN 19.1 C+ EM13-29
G
U
R
K
EM10-28 R R
I EM14-4
BK G PI2-7 G
P D O R PI2-6
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2 EM14-5 49 50 PI33 PI33 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
EM11-3 O EM14-6
R EMS19 E E
-2 -1 -5 -3 -1 -4 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2
ENGINE CRANK 03.1
GO I I EM14-7
B
EM11-6 I B
WR
WR
EM14-8
I EM14-9
B
ECM PROGRAMMING W D I B VACUUM
19.2 EM14-10
G SWITCHING
EM13-2 O EM14-11
EM57-2 EM58-2 VALVES
O EM14-12
G EMS18
1 2 3
GY B+ O EM15-1
PS
EM49 EM14-1 O EM15-2
PU PEDAL MECHANICAL
POSITION GUARD
NG 3 5 GY GY O PN
79 B+ EM15-3 THROTTLE POSITION
EMS20 EM14-2 O EM15-8
RG THROTTLE PEDAL POSITION AND SENSOR
58 WP 1 2 GR O O EM15-9
RY MOTOR MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
E B
EM13-14 I EM15-11 EM57-1 EM58-1 EM59 -1 -2
I EM15-12
B B THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
THROTTLE MOTOR I EM15-22
B PW EMS11
POWER RELAY † RW*
B
EMS36 EMS38 EMS37
PY*
BK B B † NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed ENGINE CONTROL EM8L EM16R EM16L EM17
on early production vehicles. MODULE from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
W
W
NOT USED
U
S
B
EM16R FC1-45
WU
WU
RG
WU
RY
PI15 -1 -2 PI17 -1 -3 -2 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2
BG
UP
WP
GY
BY
PN
BG
UY
47 WR B+
OK
WP
WP
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
E
PU
PS
EM10-1 PI1-16 PI1-27 PIS10
G
R
N
O
B
S
41 WK B+ 53 54 56 52
BY
BY
II E E E E
EM10-5
60 61
NO E E
75 B+
EM10-9 PI1 -56 -54 -52 -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5
WR BG
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
48
GY
BG
UY
UP
O
BY
BY
B+ EM10-20
N
B
S
E UW
EM14-3 O EM10-21
I EM10-22
B BG
I EM10-23
BK BG BG BG
9 WO
II
BG PI1-6 BG PIS1 BG
CC40-4
US NOT USED EM11-7
RG EMS2 EM3-8 RG FC1-35 RG BT4-34 NOT
USED
CA19-16 CC40-1 O EM11-8
UW UW EM3-12 UW FC1-30 UW BT4-48†
SECURITY 03.1
Y D O EM13-12
RW* BRD
ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 O EM13-13
PY* EMS3
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-17
N
EM10-25 I EM13-18
S PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 -14 PI1 -3 -4 -1
CAN 19.1
Y C+ I EM13-19
Y
BRD
UW
EM10-26 I EM13-20
B
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-27
BG
EM10-27 I EM13-28
P EMS9 PIS9
BRD
Y O
UW
BG
BG
UW
BY
CAN 19.1 C+ EM13-29
G
U
R
K
EM10-28 R R
I EM14-4
BK G PI2-7 G
P D O R PI2-6
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2 EM14-5 49 50 PI33 PI33 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
EM11-3 O EM14-6
R EMS19 E E
-2 -1 -5 -3 -1 -4 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2
ENGINE CRANK 03.1
GO I I EM14-7
B
EM11-6 I B
WR
WR
EM14-8
I EM14-9
B
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2
W D I EM14-10
B VACUUM
EM13-2 G SWITCHING
O EM14-11
EM57-2 EM58-2 VALVES
O EM14-12
G EMS18
1 2 3
GY B+ O EM15-1
PS
EM49 EM14-1 O EM15-2
PU PEDAL MECHANICAL
POSITION GUARD
NG 3 5 GY GY O PN
79 B+ EM15-3 THROTTLE POSITION
EMS20 EM14-2 O EM15-8
RG SENSOR
THROTTLE PEDAL POSITION AND
58 WP 1 2 GR O O EM15-9
RY MOTOR MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
E B
EM13-14 I EM15-11 EM57-1 EM58-1 EM59 -1 -2
I EM15-12
B B THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I EM15-22
B PW EMS11
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY † RW*
B
EMS36 EMS38 EMS37
PY*
BK B B
ENGINE CONTROL EM8L EM16R EM16L EM17
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed † NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
on early production vehicles. MODULE from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
W
W
NOT USED
U
S
B
EM16R FC1-45
WU
WU
RG
WU
RY
PI15 -1 -2 PI17 -1 -3 -2 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2
BG
UP
WP
GY
BY
PN
BG
UY
47 WR B+
WP
WP
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
OK
E
PU
PS
EM10-1 PI1-16 PI1-27 PIS10
G
R
N
O
B
S
41 WK B+ 53 54 56 52
BY
BY
II E E E E
EM10-5
60 61
NO E E
75 B+
EM10-9 PI1 -56 -54 -52 -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5
WR BG
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
48
GY
BG
UY
UP
O
BY
BY
B+ EM10-20
N
B
S
E UW
EM14-3 O EM10-21
I EM10-22
B BG
I EM10-23
BK BG BG BG
9 WO
II
BG PI1-6 BG PIS1 BG
CC40-4
US NOT USED EM11-7
RG EMS2 EM3-8 RG FC1-35 RG BT4-34 NOT
USED
CA19-16 CC40-1 O EM11-8
UW UW EM3-12 UW FC1-30 UW BT4-48†
SECURITY 03.1
Y D O EM13-12
RW* BRD
ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 O EM13-13
PY* EMS3
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-17
N
EM10-25 I EM13-18
S PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 -14 PI1 -3 -4 -1
CAN 19.1
Y C+ I EM13-19
Y
BRD
UW
EM10-26 I EM13-20
B
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-27
BG
EM10-27 I EM13-28
P EMS9 PIS9
BRD
Y O
UW
BG
BG
UW
BY
CAN 19.1 C+ EM13-29
G
U
R
K
EM10-28 R R
I EM14-4
BK G PI2-7 G
P D O R PI2-6
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2 EM14-5 49 50 PI33 PI33 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
EM11-3 O EM14-6
R EMS19 E E
-2 -1 -5 -3 -1 -4 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2
ENGINE CRANK 03.1
GO I I EM14-7
B
EM11-6 I B
WR
WR
EM14-8
I EM14-9
B
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2
W D I EM14-10
B VACUUM
EM13-2 G SWITCHING
O EM14-11
EM57-2 EM58-2 VALVES
O EM14-12
G EMS18
1 2 3
GY B+ O EM15-1
PS
EM49 EM14-1 O EM15-2
PU PEDAL MECHANICAL
POSITION GUARD
NG 3 5 GY GY O PN
79 B+ EM15-3 THROTTLE POSITION
EMS20 EM14-2 O RG SENSOR
EM15-8 THROTTLE PEDAL POSITION AND
58 WP 1 2 GR O O EM15-9
RY MOTOR MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
E B
EM13-14 I EM15-11 EM57-1 EM58-1 EM59 -1 -2
I EM15-12
B B THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I B PW
THROTTLE MOTOR EM15-22 EMS11
POWER RELAY † RW*
B
EMS36 EMS38 EMS37
PY*
BK B B
ENGINE CONTROL EM8L EM16R EM16L EM17
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed MODULE † NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
on early production vehicles. from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
GW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
GO
GU
GR
GS
GK
GP
GB
PW
KN
680 Ω
CASSETTE
–
FC1 SR SR SR BO PI1-53
-42 SW1 430 Ω
PG WU SP EM3-11 SC3-4 -4 SW2-4 SW3-3 SW3-4
+ PW
NOTE: ECM power supplies, KN PIS5
grounds and references shown on 680 Ω
Fig. 04.1, Fig 04.2 and Fig 04.3. EM53 EM53 EM53 CASSETTE
-17 -16 -14
EM3 SG SG SG CANCEL BO
-5
EM3-10 SC3-3
SW1
SW2-3 SW3-1 430 Ω SW3-2 SWS1
-3 PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
CASSETTE RESUME
PW
UG BO BO BO PW
GW
GO
GU
GR
O
GS
GK
GP
GB
EM10-2
ULG SW1
I EM10-3 SC3-12 -6 SW2-6 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
FCS28
I EM10-4
UN EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
-8 -7 -12 -11 -10 -8 -11 -7 -12 -10
PG STEERING WHEEL
I EM10-11 BK
I EM11-1
SR FC17R CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
I WU circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
EM11-4
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. IGNITION 1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B IGNITION
I EM11-5
SG MODULE 1 MODULE 2
EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
-1 -2 -3 -6 -5 -9 -9 -1 -2 -5 -3 -6
WU
LGW
I EM12-5
LGO
LGU
LGR
LGS
LGK
LGP
LGY
B
B
I EM12-6
RW
I EM12-8
SLG
I EM12-9
SG
O EM12-10
RY
O EM13-1
KN
O EM13-3
SP
O EM13-15
W
WU EM1-11 EMS4
O EM13-16
O EM13-22
UB EM1-12
O LGK
B
EM13-23
O EM13-24
LGO UG CC31-7 I
LGW EM53-8 ULG
O EM13-25 CC30-1 O
LGU EM53-3 UN
O EM13-26 CC31-9 O
LGY EM53-9 PG
O EM13-31 CC31-17 I
LGR RLG EM53-12 RLG
O EM13-32 EM8R CC28-1 I
LGS EM53-10
O EM13-33
O EM13-34
LGP
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1
O EM15-4
BO and Fig. 07.2 for complete
A/C circuits. AIR CONDITIONING
O EM15-5
BY CONTROL MODULE
O EM15-6
BW
O EM15-7
BU EM25
O BP OY RLG 5 3 NLG
EM15-15 78
O EM15-16
BG LS31-2 EMS26
O EM15-17
BN W WP 62 RY 2 1 WP 57
BS LS31-9 LS31-8 E E
O EM15-18
OG NG AIR CONDITIONING
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38 68
LS31-5 LS31-3 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE WU
LS31-7
RLG RLG B
NU EM52
PI1-13 PI36-1
BT9-2 NY 3 5 BR BR B
76
FUEL PI2-5 PIS2 LS31-1
AIR CONDITIONING
PUMP 42 WK 1 2 B B COMPRESSOR
B II EMS11 CLUTCH
LS10R
BT9-1
P
FUEL TANK FUEL INJECTION RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
BW
BG
BO
BR
BU
BR
BN
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
RELAY
BS
BY
BP
IATS
A B A B
WY A B
63
E EM66-2 EM66-1
υ υ
υ λ λ λ λ
B B
S1 S2 S3 S4
EMS38
W
W
U
S
B
EM16R
WP
WP
WU
WP
YG
YU
YN
YR
PN
BG
UP
GY
BY
PI15 -1 -2 PI17 -1 -3 -2 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM22 -2 -1 EM24 -2 -1
PIS10
WP
WP
UW
WP
RG
BG
BG
BG
OK
UY
UP
WR
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
47 B+
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
N
O
B
S
Y
P
E
PU
PS
BY
BY
EM10-1 PI1 -8 -9 -10 -7 45 46 56 52
G
R
N
WK E E E E
YG
60 61 55
YU
YN
YR
41 B+
II BG E E E
EM10-5 O EM10-20 FC1-45 BT5 -1 -2 -3
PI1 -56 -54 -52 -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5
NO O UW BG
75 B+ EM10-21
UY
EM10-9 I EM10-22
B BG BG
WR BK BG BG PIS1 BG
48 B+ I EM10-23 PI1-15
E BG PI1-6 BG BG BG
EM14-3
I EM11-7
RG EMS2 EM3-8 RG FC1-35 RG BT4-34 RG
O EM11-8
UW UW EM3-12 UW FC1-30 UW BT4-48† UW
9 WO
II I EM11-9
UY EMS1 EM3-9 FC1-34 BT4-35
CC40-4
US I EM11-10
G
CA19-16 CC40-1 I EM11-11
U
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BG
OK
GY
UP
BY
BY
UP
US BRAKE SWITCH O
N
O
B
EM11-12
S
I EM11-13
BY
US US US US US I EM11-14
BG
CAS81 LS3-1 LSS1 EM1-1 EMS21 EM10-10
I EM11-15
R
I EM11-16
K
OU OU I
CC11-1 EM53-11 EM10-14 O EM12-1
YU
O EM12-2
YG
PARKING BRAKE YN
SWITCH O EM12-3
O EM12-4
YR UW
I EM12-7
UP
O.K. TO START 03.2
O D I EM12-12
UP
EM10-6 I EM12-13
GY
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
K D I EM12-14
G
EM10-12 I EM12-15
R
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
O D I EM12-16
N
EM10-13 I EM12-17
U
PARK, NEUTRAL
05.2
RS I O EM12-18
BY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM10-15 O EM12-19
BY
EMS CONTROL RELAY
01.1
PK O EM12-22
BP
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM10-16 EMS8
SECURITY
03.2
Y D O EM13-4
OK OK
ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 O EM13-11
PW EM2-18
19.1
G C– O EM13-12
RW*
CAN
EM10-25 O EM13-13
PY* BRD
19.1
Y C+ I EM13-17
N EMS3
CAN
EM10-26 I EM13-18
S
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-19
Y PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 -14 PI1 -3 -4 -1
EM10-27 I EM13-20
B
BRD
UW
CAN 19.1
Y C+ I EM13-27
BG
EM10-28 I EM13-28
P EMS9
EM13-29
O PIS9
BRD
P R R
UW
BG
BG
UW
BY
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2 D
G
U
R
K
EM11-3 I EM14-4
BK G PI2-7 G
GO O R PI2-6
ENGINE CRANK 03.2 I EM14-5 49 50
EM11-6 O EM14-6
R EMS19 E E
PI33 PI33 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
B
WR
WR
I EM14-7 -2 -1 -5 -3 -1 -4 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2
W D I EM14-8
B VACUUM
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2
EM13-2 B SWITCHING
I EM14-9
EM57-2 EM58-2 VALVES
I EM14-10
B
O EM14-11
G 1 2 3
GY B+ O EM14-12
G EMS18
EM49 EM14-1
NG 3 5 GY GY O PS
79 B+ EM15-1
EMS20 EM14-2 O EM15-2
PU
58 WP 1 2 GR O O EM15-3
PN PEDAL MECHANICAL
E POSITION GUARD
EM13-14 I EM15-11
B EM57-1 EM58-1 EM59 -1 -2
THROTTLE POSITION
I EM15-12
B B SENSOR
THROTTLE PEDAL POSITION AND
I EM15-22
B PW MOTOR MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY † RW* EMS11
W
W
U
S
B
EM16R FC1-45
WP
WP
WU
WP
YG
YN
YR
YU
PN
BG
UP
GY
BY
PI15 -1 -2 PI17 -1 -3 -2 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2
PIS10
BG
UY
WP
WP
BG
UP
WR
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
47 B+ PI1 -8 -9 -10 -7
BRD
BRD
N
O
B
S
Y
P
E
PU
PS
BY
BY
EM10-1 45 46 56 52
G
R
WK E E E E
41 60 61
YG
YN
YR
YU
B+
II BG E E PI1
EM10-5 O EM10-20 PI1 -56 -54 -52 -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5 -15
NO O UW BG
75 B+ EM10-21
UY
EM10-9 I EM10-22
B BG BG
48 WR B+ I EM10-23
BK BG BG PIS1 BG
E BG PI1-6 BG BG BG
EM14-3
O EM11-8
UW UW EM3-12 UW UW FC1-30 UW BT4-48†
9 WO
II I EM11-9
UY EMS1 EM3-9 FC1-34 BT4-35
CC40-4 NOT USED
US I EM11-10
G
CA19-16 CC40-1 I EM11-11
U
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BG
GY
UP
BY
BY
OK
UP
US O
N
O
BRAKE SWITCH
B
EM11-12
S
I EM11-13
BY
US US US US US I EM11-14
BG
CAS81 LS3-1 LSS1 EM1-1 EMS21 EM10-10
I EM11-15
R
I EM11-16
K
OU OU I
CC11-1 EM53-11 EM10-14 O EM12-1
YU
O EM12-2
YG
PARKING BRAKE YN
SWITCH O EM12-3
O EM12-4
YR UW
I EM12-7
UP
O.K. TO START 03.2
O D I EM12-12
UP
EM10-6 I EM12-13
GY
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
K D I EM12-14
G
EM10-12 I EM12-15
R
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
O D EM12-16
NOT
EM10-13 USED EM12-17
PARK, NEUTRAL
05.2
RS I O EM12-18
BY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM10-15 O EM12-19
BY
EMS CONTROL RELAY
01.1
PK O EM12-22
BP
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) EMS8
EM10-16
Y NOT OK OK
SECURITY D EM13-4
ACKNOWLEDGE
03.2 USED
EM10-17 O EM13-11
PW EM2-18
CAN 19.1
G C– O EM13-12
RW*
EM10-25 O EM13-13
PY* BRD
CAN 19.1
Y C+ I EM13-17
N EMS3
EM10-26 I EM13-18
S
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-19
Y PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 -14 PI1 -3 -4 -1
EM10-27 I EM13-20
B
BRD
UW
CAN 19.1
Y C+ I EM13-27
BG
EM10-28 I EM13-28
P EMS9
EM13-29
O PIS9
BRD
P R R
UW
BG
BG
UW
BY
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2 D
G
U
R
K
EM11-3 I EM14-4
BK G PI2-7 G
GO O R PI2-6
ENGINE CRANK 03.2 I EM14-5 49 50
EM11-6 O EM14-6
R EMS19 E E
PI33 PI33 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
B
WR
WR
I EM14-7 -2 -1 -5 -3 -1 -4 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.2
W D I EM14-8
B VACUUM
EM13-2 B SWITCHING
I EM14-9
EM57-2 EM58-2 VALVES
I EM14-10
B
O EM14-11
G 1 2 3
GY B+ O EM14-12
G EMS18
EM49 EM14-1
NG 3 5 GY GY O PS
79 B+ EM15-1
EMS20 EM14-2 O EM15-2
PU
58 WP 1 2 GR O O EM15-3
PN PEDAL MECHANICAL
E POSITION GUARD
EM13-14 I EM15-11
B EM57-1 EM58-1 EM59 -1 -2
THROTTLE POSITION
I EM15-12
B B SENSOR
THROTTLE PEDAL POSITION AND
I EM15-22
B PW MOTOR MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY † RW* EMS11
GW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
GO
GU
GR
GS
GK
GP
GB
KN
PW
1 2
29
II BT11-10
680 Ω
CASSETTE
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) † –
SR SR SR BO PI1-53
BT4 BT4 SW1 430 Ω
-19 -9
PG WU SP EM3-11 SC3-4 -4 SW2-4 SW3-3 SW3-4
NOTE: ECM power supplies, + PW
grounds and references shown PIS5
on Fig. 04.5 and Fig. 04.6. KN KB 680 Ω
EM53 EM53 EM53 CASSETTE
-17 -16 -14
FC1 LS3 SG SG SG CANCEL BO
-42 -21
UG EM3-10 SC3-3
SW1
SW2-3 SW3-1 430 Ω SW3-2 SWS1
O EM10-2 -3 PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
I EM10-3
ULG CASSETTE RESUME
PW
UN BO BO BO PW
GW
GO
GU
GR
GS
GK
GP
GB
I EM10-4
PG SW1
I EM10-11 SC3-12 -6 SW2-6 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
FCS28
EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
KN KB -8 -7 -12 -11 -10 -8 -11 -7 -12 -10
SR STEERING WHEEL
I EM11-1 BK
I EM11-4
WU CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
SG FC17R circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or WB B
I EM11-5 IGNITION 1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B IGNITION
EM3 EM51 cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. MODULE 1 MODULE 2 LS30-2 LS30-1
WU -5 -8 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
I EM12-5 -1 -2 -3 -6 -5 -9 -9 -1 -2 -5 -3 -6 INTERCOOLER
I EM12-6
RW LS20R
PUMP
B
I EM12-8
SLG EM1-9
LGW
LGO
LGU
LGR
LGS
LGK
LGP
LGY
I EM12-9
SG
RY EMS4 EM41
O EM12-10
WB 5 3 NW
73
O EM13-1
KN
O EM13-3
SP RY 1 2 B
O EM13-9
KB EMS11
B
O EM13-10
RY
O EM13-15
W EM17
INTERCOOLER PUMP
B
O EM13-16
WU EM1-11
RELAY †
O EM13-22
UB EM1-12
EM8R
O EM13-23
LGK
O EM13-24
LGO UG CC31-7 I
LGW EM53-8 ULG
O EM13-25 CC30-1 O
LGU EM53-3 UN
O EM13-26 CC31-9 O
EM53-9
O EM13-31
LGY PG CC31-17 I
LGR RLG EM53-12 RLG
O EM13-32 CC28-1 I
LGS EM53-10
O EM13-33
O EM13-34
LGP
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1
O EM15-4
BO and Fig. 07.2 for complete AIR CONDITIONING
O EM15-5
BY A/C circuits. CONTROL MODULE
O EM15-6
BW
O EM15-7
BU EM25
O BP OY RLG 5 3 NLG
EM15-15 78
O EM15-16
BG LS31-2 EMS26
O EM15-17
BN W WP 62 RY 2 1 WP 57
BS LS31-9 LS31-8 E E
O EM15-18
OG NG AIR CONDITIONING
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38 68
LS31-5 LS31-3 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
BW
BG
BO
BU
BN
BS
BY
BP
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE WU
EM52 LS31-7
RLG RLG B
NU NY 3 5 BR BR BR BR
76 PI1-13 PI36-1
BT9-2 PI2-5 PIS2 IJ2-1 IJS2 B
FUEL 42 WK 1 2 B B LS31-1
AIR CONDITIONING
PUMP II EMS11 BR BR COMPRESSOR
B IJ1-1 IJS1
LS10R
CLUTCH
BT9-1
FUEL INJECTION IJ1-2 IJ1-3 IJ1-4 IJ1-5 IJ2-2 IJ2-3 IJ2-4 IJ2-5
UR RELAY EM17 P
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
BT9-4
BW
BW
RELAY MODULE
BG
BG
BR
BU
BR
BN
BR
BR
BR
BU
BR
BN
BR
BR
2–30 BAR
FUEL PG PG BK
PUMP OY OY NLG EM51-6 LS26-5 LS26-2
IJ3-2 -1 IJ4-2 -1 IJ5-2 -1 IJ6-2 -1 IJ7-2 -1 IJ8-2 -1 IJ9-2 -1 IJ10-2 -1 67 20 BAR
B BTS21 LS32-1 CF1-1 CF1-2 WU WU
BT9-3 EM51-5 LS26-1
LH RADIATOR FAN 12 BAR
RW RW BK
FUEL TANK B
OG OG B B EM51-10 LS26-3 LS26-4 LSS17
CF2-2 CF2-1
BK
BT20 LS32-4 LS32-3
REFRIGERANT
1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B RH RADIATOR FAN LS10L
4-WAY PRESSURE LS20L
SWITCH
FUEL INJECTORS
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
B+
WS 14
330 Ω II
P CC14
-1
υ R
330 Ω
– C
G 19.1 CAN
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 CC14
330 Ω -3
N
+ C
Y 19.1 CAN
CC14
330 Ω -4
EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 D
– C
G 19.1 CAN
-6 -5 -13 -14 -16 -2 -3 -7 -11 -15 -12 -8 -9 -4 -1 -10
CC14
B S RB Y W N G 330 Ω -8
4
+ C
Y 19.1 CAN
N G BU UY RU OG OU OR OK OB RY YB YP YU U R CC14
330 Ω -9
EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 3
-E -A -B -C -D -J -K
I B B
330 Ω
2 CC14 CCS15
-6
BY S RB Y W WR RU
NR O OU
77 B+ EM7-1 CC2R
EM7-26 O EM7-2
RS
WB B+ 51
30 WB EM7-54 O EM7-4
OK E
II EMS42 WB OG
B+ O EM7-5
EM7-55 I EM7-6
B RU 03.1 04.1 04.2 04.3
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM7-8
RB
EM7-82 I EM7-9
W
CAN 19.1
Y C+ BY BY
EMS25
EM7-83 I EM7-12
RP EM53-1
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM7-13
US US US US BY BY
EM7-85 I EM7-14 N EM53-4 CC7-1 CC7-3 CCS20
19.1
Y C+ EM7-15
BRD*
CAN D–4 BY
EM7-86 EM7-16
U SWITCH
I EM7-18
BS BS BS BY
EM53-15 CC18-1 CC18-3
EM7-21
BU
UY KICKDOWN SWITCH
I EM7-22
EM7-23
BRD*
NOTE: Kickdown Switch and circuit – early production vehicles only.
O EM7-28
BY
O EM7-29
OR
O EM7-30
YB
O EM7-32
YU
O EM7-33
YP
560 Ω
I EM7-34
B RS RS WS 15
CC4 CC4 II
EM53-5
-7 MODE 560 Ω -8
I EM7-36
S STATE RLG 10.2 DIMMER OVERRIDE
I EM7-37
Y CC4
-10
RP RP
I EM7-42 G EM53-13 CC4
-9
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
I EM7-44
R
I EM7-45
RG RG RG BK BK
EM53-2 CC4 CC4 CCS4
-2 -1
O EM7-51
OB
O EM7-52
RY CC3L
MODE SWITCH
O EM7-53
RU
EMS4
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE B
EM8R
n2 n3
SPEED SPEED WS
SENSOR SENSOR 330 Ω B+ 14
O O B+ I O O O O FLUID II
TEMPERATURE SOLENOID PRESSURE P CC14
SENSOR VALVES REGULATORS -1
330 Ω
R
– C G 19.1 CAN
CC14
CC8 CC8 CC8 CC8 CC8 CC8 CC8 CC8 SWITCH
-4 -5 -3 -2 -7 -6 -8 -1 330 Ω -3
(NOT USED) N Y
υ
OPEN – P, N + C 19.1 CAN
CC14
330 Ω -4
RU RS WS B LGB LGU LGP LGN 1,2,4,5 2,3 3,4 TCC MD SD D
– C G 19.1 CAN
CC14
330 Ω -8
4
+ C Y 19.1 CAN
PARK, NEUTRAL 03.2
RU GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 CC14
-7 -3 -1 -12 -4 -6 -13 -8 -9 -11 -2 -10 330 Ω -9
3
PARK, NEUTRAL
04.6 04.5 03.2
RS I B B
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 330 Ω
EM63-11
B B B B B B B B B B B B 2 CC14 CCS15
-6
16 WS
II
CC2R
EM63 EM63 EM63 EM63 EM63 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44 EM44
-12 -1 -2 -3 -4 -7 -3 -1 -12 -4 -6 -5 -8 -9 -11 -2 -10
I EM61-2
BS BS BK BK
TCM PROGRAMMING YU D I EM61-3
P EM53-15 CC18-1 CC18-3 CCS5
VIA DATA LINK CONNECTOR *
EM61-1 I EM61-25
LGB
LGU KICKDOWN SWITCH
I EM61-26 CC3R
30 WB B+ I EM61-27
LGP
II LGN
EM61-29 I EM61-28
I EM61-30
B
CAN 19.1
G C–
EMS17
1000 Ω
EM62-L P WS 15
Y BG CC4 CC4 II
C+ I EM62-12 EM63-8 510 Ω
CAN 19.1 -9 -8
EM62-H O EM62-13
BW
O BK
EM62-14 RLG 10.2 DIMMER OVERRIDE
O EM62-15
BLG CC4
O EM62-16
BP -10
270 Ω
O EM62-17
BS BK BK
CC4 CCS4
MODE STATE -1
O EM62-33
B
I EM62-34
BY CC3L
MODE SWITCH
I EM62-35
BU
O EM62-36
BO
O EM62-37
BN
O EM62-38
BR
B
TRANSMISSION EMS4
CONTROL MODULE B
EM8R
9 WO US US US US US US US I
II CAS81 LSS1 EMS21
CC40-4 CC40-1 CA19-16 LS3-1 EM1-1 EM10-10
BRAKE SWITCH Y Y C +
EM2-7 EM10-28
G G C –
EM2-6 EM10-27
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
Y C +
FC7-8 CC14-4
G C –
FC7-2 CC14-3
Y Y C +
FC11-12 CC14-9
G G C –
FC11-15 CC14-8
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
Y C +
FC24-24
G C –
FC24-47
– S U U 19.1 SCP
FC24-20 FCS2
+ S S S 19.1 SCP
FC24-19 FCS3
INSTRUMENT PACK
NB
13 B+ LOGIC
FC15-80
NY
17 B+ SOLENOIDS
FC15-104
– S U
FC15-84
2 WO I + S S
II
FC15-15 FC15-85
10 WN I O OG OG B B
I CC12 CC12
FC15-32 FC15-48 FC7-17 CCS15
-1 -2
GEARSHIFT
INTERLOCK GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK CC2R
CONTROL
SOLENOID
O RW RW B B B
FC15-51 SC1-1 SC5 SC5 SC1-2 FCS10
-1 -2
BK BK SB SB I
CCS4 CC13-3 CC13-1 FC7-18 FC15-58
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR
NR O UO UO
70 B+
LS27-9 LS27-1 EM1-4 EM37-2 EM37-1
39 WU B+
II UB UB
LS27-20 I
NY LS27-13 EM1-5
69 B+
LS27-25 I S S
LS27-3 LS2-2 FR1-2
Y C +
CAN 19.1 G G
LS27-5 FR1-1
LS27-4 LS2-1
CAN 19.1
G C –
LS27-15 RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
Y Y Y
LS27-6 LS3-8 CA9-2 RA2-1
I O O O
NOT USED
UP RA2-2
LS27-7 LS3-7 CA9-1
EM51-9 LS27-19
RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
9 WO US US US US US I I W W
II CAS81 LSS1 FL1-2
CC40-4 CC40-1 CA19-16 LS3-1 LS27-2 LS27-17 LS1-2
BRAKE SWITCH R R
LS27-18 LS1-1 FL1-1
LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
520 Ω I P P P
17 WS RY RY RY O LS27-21 LS3-9 CA29-1 LA2-2
II
CC1-5 CC1-11 CA19-9 LS3-5 LS27-16
STABILITY / TRACTION U U U
STATE LA2-1
LS27-22 LS3-10 CA29-2
I B LH REAR
B B R R R WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
I LS27-8
CCS4 CC1-2 CC1-12 CA19-10 LS3-6 LS27-14 I B
LS27-24
STABILITY / TRACTION
CONTROL SWITCH
CC3L
VENT DEFROST EVAPORATOR HEATER MATRIX COOL AIR BYPASS FOOT WELL FRESH / RECIRCULATION FRESH / RECIRCULATION
IN-CAR SERVO SERVO TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE SERVO SERVO SERVO SERVO
TEMPERATURE ASPIRATOR SENSOR SENSOR
SENSOR MOTOR
υ
υ υ υ
BW OY
LS16 LS16
-2 -1
UB BW LGW B BW OY BW RG PR SR OR RY RU P P O KU UG BW SU UO GU UY UW UR P P BW YG PY Y P BW YW RB NR
FC40 FC40 FC40 FC40 LS3 LS3 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC52 FC52 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC34 CC32 CC32 CC32 CC32 CC32 CC33 CC33 CC33 CC33 CC33
-2 -1 -3 -4 -3 -4 -2 -3 -5 -4 -6 -8 -7 -9 -1 -2 -1 -10 -2 -3 -5 -4 -6 -8 -7 -9 -1 -2 -6 -12 -7 -1 -2 -6 -12 -7
UB BW LGW BW OY BW RG PR SR OR RY RU P P OP KU UG BW SU UO GU UY UW UR P P BW YG PY Y P BW YW RB NR
NOTE: When the ignition switched ground input is interrupted
during engine cranking, the A/CCM will not drive high power
consuming components.
FC11 FC7 CA19 CA19 FC11 FC11 FC11 FC11 FC11 FC11 FC11
NOTE: The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM -7 -20 -8 -7 -6 -4 -5 -3 -1 -2 -18
for 30 seconds after the ignition is switched off so that power is UB LGW BW OY RG PR SR OR RY RU OP
supplied for the A/CCM to “park” the servos.
P P
FCS36 FC7-6 CCS13
BW
FCS37 FC7-7 BW
O CC28-6
RY CCS14
6 WP WP B+ O CC28-7
PR
II PY
CC31-1 O CC28-8
13 WN WN I O CC28-9
RB
I UW
CC31-3 O CC28-12
NY NY O UO
36 B+ CC28-13
CC31-5 O CC28-19
RU
O CC28-20
SR
CA50 4
O CC28-21
Y
NY 3 5 GY GY O NR
37 B+ CC28-22
CA20-5 CC31-2 O CC28-25
UR
B B 2 1 GW GW O O CC28-26
GU
CAS37 CA20-4 CC31-15
I CC29-1
OP
CA31L I CC29-2
RG
AIR CONDITIONING
ISOLATE RELAY I CC29-3
YW
I CC29-5
SU
I CC29-10
OR
I CC29-11
YG
ENGINE COOLANT SG SG UY
TEMPERATURE 08.1 I I CC29-13
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) FC11-9 CC29-6
ENGINE SPEED
08.1
PY PY I O CC30-2
S
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FC11-8 CC31-6 D CC30-3
SG
VEHICLE SPEED
08.1
OU OU I I CC30-5
OY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FC11-10 CC31-16 I CC30-6
UG
D CC30-7
SY
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
K D O CC30-8
SR
CC31-10 I CC30-11
UB
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
O D I CC30-12
KU
CC31-21
O CC31-4
WU
O CC31-8
P
O CC31-12
WR
I CC31-13
B
O CC31-14
B
O CC31-18
LGW
O CC31-19
BW
I CC31-20
BK B WR WU SR SY SG S
B
CCS5 FCS10 CC27 CC27 CC27 CC27 CC27 CC27 CC27
-7 -5 -6 -2 -3 -4 -1
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE BK B B WR WU SR SY SG S
CC3R FC29L
I I I I D D I
B+ B+
CLOCK
DATA
DATA
START
LOCATE I RK RK 10.2
ILLUMINATION DIMMER
CC27-8
CONTROLLED
DIMMER I RG RLG 10.2
LIGHTING
OVERRIDE
CC27-9
CONTROL PANEL
SH3
NP 3 5 GK B
81
NOTE: Radiator cooling and air conditioning SH4-1 SH4-2
compressor circuits are duplicated here for clarity. PS 2 1 WS 31
Refer to Fig. 04.4 and Fig. 04.7. II
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER EM18R
NLG OY OY OY
67
CF1-2 CF1-1 LS32-1 LSS14 LS31-2
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
W W WP 62 RELAY
LH RADIATOR FAN EM1-11 LS31-9 LS31-8 E
SH2
B B OG OG NG NG 3 5 GS B
68 80
LS32-3 CF2-1 CF2-2 LS32-4 LS31-5 LS31-3 SH5-1 SH5-2
WU WU EM25
SHS2
PS 2 1 WS 32
RH RADIATOR FAN EM1-12 LS31-7 RLG 5 3 NLG II
LS10L 78 LH WINDSHIELD HEATER EM18L
B RY 2 1 WP 59
E PS LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
LS31-1
RELAY
DRIVER MIRROR
CA18
LS10R AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH NB 3 5 NR NR NR B B B B
EM42-4 30
O EM10-2
UG RELAY CAS34 CA10-4 DD8-9 DD8-11 DDS1 CA10-3 CAS40
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL (RHD)
I EM10-3
ULG RELAY MODULE KW 2 1 WP 7 CA30R
UN II (CA33R)
I EM10-4 CA19-14
O PS NU 3 5 UW UW UW
CC28-4 42
O CC28-5
KW CA20-2 CC33-5
O CC28-16
LGN UY 2 1 WP 9
RW II
O CC28-17 CA20-6
O CC28-18
LGP
RH BLOWER MOTOR 1
RELAY
I CC29-7
US US U
O CC29-8
GO CC33-13 4
I CC29-15
UK B B
O CC29-16
GP CC33-8 2
GO G
CA19-15
CC33-10 3
EM53 EM53 EM53 EM53
-3 -8 -9 -6
U RW RH BLOWER MOTOR
O CC30-1
ULG
I CC31-7
UG LS3-32
CA58
O UN NW 8 10 UR UR UW
CC31-9 21
I CC31-17
PG CA19-12 CC32-5
LGN 7 6 WP 8
U B B B YW YW 5 3 II
CA20-7
5
EM40-2 EM40-1 EMS4 EM36-2 EM36-1 EM1-8 LS7-2 #15 10A
RW 2 1
44
AIR CONDITIONING LS5-5 II LH BLOWER MOTOR 1
CONTROL MODULE HEATER VALVE RELAY
B HEATER PUMP UK U
HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1) †
CC32-13 4
EM8R
B B
ENGINE COMPARTMENT 2
NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 07.1; FUSE BOX CC32-8
ECM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 04.1 – Fig. 04.6.
GP G
CC32-10 3
CC2L
LH BLOWER MOTOR
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
NR I UY
26 B+ TRIP SELECT
FC24-25 FC24-13 FC27-7 A/B
(TRIP SELECT)
12 WG B+
II O
FC24-2 I
RESET
FC24-36 FC27-9 000
(RESET)
DIMMER CONTROLLED
10.2
RO I ILLUMINATION BR
LIGHTING SUPPLY
FC24-27 FC24-33 FC27-2
DIMMER CONTROLLED
10.2
RLG I I Y
LIGHTING DIMMER OVERRIDE MESSAGE
FC25-21 FC24-35 FC27-8 CLEAR
IMPERIAL; I R
METRIC;
SCP 19.1
S S + U.S.A. FC24-14 FC27-1 MI / KM
FC24-19
SCP 19.1
U S –
FC24-20
TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
CAN 19.1
Y C +
FC24-24
CAN 19.1
G C –
FC24-47
Y C + NR
CAN 19.1 B+ 15
FC24-23 FC38-6
CAN 19.1
G C – ILLUMINATION I RK 10.2
DIMMER CONTROLLED
SUPPLY LIGHTING
FC24-48 FC38-2
I BK
FC38-5
RADIO / CASSETTE
16.1 16.2
UW O VEHICLE SPEED
HEAD UNIT
FC25-20
A/CCM 07.1
PY O ENGINE SPEED CLOCK
FC25-3
A/CCM 07.1
SG O ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
FC25-4
A/CCM 07.1
OU O VEHICLE SPEED
FC25-5
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
11.1
UB O VEHICLE SPEED
CONTROL MODULE
CIRCUITS CONTINUED FC25-6
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
11.6
OB O VEHICLE SPEED TRIP CYCLE I SU SU BK BK BK BK
CONTROL MODULE
FC25-7 FC24-10 SC2-5 SCS1 SC2-9 FCS28
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
11.6
SO I ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE WARNING TRIP CYCLE SWITCH
FC24-6 FC17R
GENERATOR 03.1 03.2
SW I CHARGE WARNING
FC25-22
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
AIRBAG / SRS
17.1
YW I AIRBAG WARNING
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
FC25-16
1 ΚΩ
FUEL LEVEL RW RW RW O
SENSOR BT15 BT4-26 FC1-7 FC25-14
900Ω E F 80Ω
BT14
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
I BK BK
FC24-1 FCS7
BK BK OP OP I LOW COOLANT I B
WARNING
EMS36 EM55-1 EM55-2 EM2-17 FC25-23 FC24-26
INSTRUMENT PACK
NB
13 B+
FC15-80
NY
17 B+
FC15-104
RW I
1
FC15-41
2 WO I
II
FC15-15
10 WN I
I
FC15-32
BK BK BK GB GB GB I
CA23-8 SMS4D SM8-1D SM8-2D CA23-7 FC5-3 FC15-31
AUDIBLE O GR GR
SEAT BELT WARNING 1
CA25R FC15-82 SC1-10
(CA26R) SWITCH
AUDIBLE O GB GB
NOTE: SMS4D not used – Manual Seat vehicles. WARNING 2
FC15-83 SC1-11
AUDIBLE SPEAKER
WARNING
CONTROL
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SCP SOURCES:
SCP 19.1
U S – AUDIBLE WARNINGS:
• DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2 FC15-84
• VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2 • DIRECTION INDICATORS
SCP 19.1
S S + • HAZARD WARNING
• MEMORY – Fig. 12.1
• KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2 FC15-85 • SIDE LAMPS ON
• NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH – Fig. 05.2 • VALET MODE WARNING
LOGIC • GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK
• MEMORY CHIME
POWER • AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
• SECURITY ARM / DISARM / ERROR
• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
• SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SCP 19.1
U
UB
SCP 19.1
S #21 10A LS5-4
3 5 UW
5
NG B+ LIGHTING 1 #19 10A LS7-10
29
S U FC15-79 1 2 UG
– 5
FC24-20 FCS2 NB LS5-7
13 B+ LIGHTING 2
+ S S FC15-80 UY
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3) †
FC24-19 FCS3 RW I #8 10A LS6-8
LIGHTING
1
INDICATORS FC15-41 3 5 UK
5
2 WO I #6 10A LS6-4
II
LEFT HAND:
FC15-15 1 2 US
5
LS6-9
INSTRUMENT PACK
U S – OB RO B
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5) †
FC15-84 LS8-3 BL1-2 BL4-A BL4-B
560 Ω 560 Ω
S S + 3 5 OW
5 FRONT FOG LAMP
FC3-7 FC15-85 #17 15A LS8-10 BR1-2
REAR FOG
STATE 44 1 2 OG UB
FC3-9 NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with II LS5-8
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω Daytime Running Lamps. LIGHTING LS38-3
CONTROL MAIN
FRONT FOG RELAY (#2) †
DIMMER CONTROL: RLG BULB FAILURE UY B
DIMMER OVERRIDE 10.2 MONITORING
FC3-1 LS38-2 LS38-4
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX DIP
560 Ω 560 Ω
OG O OG OG OG RK B
FC3-5 FC15-20 FCS4 FC5-13 LS3-16 LS38-1 LS38-5 LSS9
FRONT FOG SIDE LAMP
STATE O US US B
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω FC15-68 FC5-20 LS3-18 FRONT LAMP UNIT
LSS7
O UG UG
FC15-45 FC5-15 LS3-17 GY B B
O RK RK BL2-1 BL2-2 BLS1
NR
14
CC1-9 PW PW O
BK BK CC1-3 FC7-11 FC15-96 RIGHT HAND:
CCS5 CC1-16 INVERTER
HAZARD STATE CIRCUIT
BK BK PY PY I
CCS4 CC1-2 HAZARD CC1-1 FC7-12 FC15-59 OW B
BR4-A BR4-B
CC3R CC3L CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FRONT FOG LAMP
UW
LS40-3
MAIN
U U U I
HEADLAMP SC2-2 FC15-30 UK B
FLASH
LS40-2 LS40-4
DIP
UB UB UB I
HEADLAMP SC2-6 FC15-14 O RY RY RY B
MAIN BEAM LSS3
FC15-1 FC5-17 LS3-26 LS40-1 LS40-5
L YG YG YG SIDE LAMP
I
B
SC2-7 FC15-88 FRONT LAMP UNIT
R KG KG KG I
GK LSS4
DIRECTION SC2-8 FC15-61 O GK GK GK B B
INDICATOR BRS1
FC15-3 FC5-18 LS3-29 BR1-4 BR2-1 BR2-2
BR1-1 B
DIP UY UY UY I DIRECTION INDICATOR
REAR VIEW MIRRORS: YU YU GR B
SC2-4 FC15-42 NOT USED
AUTO HEADLAMPS / 11.5
MIRROR TINT SC2-1 FC15-81 FC1-5 RG RG B
LSS20
SIDE BR1-3 BR5-1 BR5-2 LSS16
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RY RY RY RY I
FCS28 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC15-16 SIDE MARKER B
LS19R
FC17R LOGIC
LIGHTING STALK
POWER RG RG REAR SIDE LAMPS
09.3 (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LS3-20
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE:
10.2
RY
SIDE LAMPS ON BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
NOTES:
DI bulb failure – BPM internal function. † NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
Daytime running lamps – BPM programmed function. from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
19.1
U
SCP
UB
SCP 19.1
S #21 10A LS5-4
3 5 UW
5
NG #19 10A LS7-10
29 B+ LIGHTING 1
S U FC15-79 1 2 UG
– 5
FC24-20 FCS2 NB LS5-7
13 B+ LIGHTING 2
+ S S FC15-80 UY
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3) †
FC24-19 FCS3 RW I #8 10A LS6-8
1
LIGHTING FC15-41 3 5 UK
INDICATORS 5
2 WO I #6 10A LS6-4
II LEFT HAND:
FC15-15 1 2 US
5
LS6-9
INSTRUMENT PACK
U S – OB RO B
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5) †
FC15-84 LS8-3 BL1-2 BL4-1 BL4-2
560 Ω 560 Ω
S S + 3 5 OW
5 FRONT FOG LAMP
FC3-7 FC15-85 #17 15A LS8-10 BR1-2
REAR FOG
STATE 44 1 2 OG UB
FC3-9
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with LIGHTING
II LS5-8 LS38-3
Daytime Running Lamps. CONTROL MAIN
FRONT FOG RELAY (#2) †
DIMMER CONTROL: RLG BULB FAILURE UY B
DIMMER OVERRIDE 10.2 MONITORING
FC3-1 LS38-2 LS38-4
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX DIP
560 Ω 560 Ω
OG O OG OG OG RK B
FC3-5 FC15-20 FCS4 FC5-13 LS3-16 LS38-1 LS38-5 LSS9
FRONT FOG
STATE US US SIDE LAMP
O B
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω FC15-68 FC5-20 LS3-18 FRONT LAMP UNIT
LSS7
O UG UG
FC15-45 FC5-15 LS3-17 GY B B
O RK RK BL2-1 BL2-2 BLS1
BK BK FC15-53 FC5-24 LS3-22
BL1-1
FCS7 FC3-3 REAR FOG FC3-6 O GY GY GY DIRECTION INDICATOR
FC15-2 FC5-23 LS3-11 BL1-4
OR OR I YK B
O YK YK B B
FC17L FRONT FOG FC3-10 FC15-38
FC15-27 FC5-21 LS3-19 LS17-1 LS17-2
B
NR
14 LS18L
CC1-9 PW PW O
BK BK CC1-3 FC7-11 FC15-96
CCS5 CC1-16 INVERTER
HAZARD STATE CIRCUIT
BK BK PY PY I RIGHT HAND:
CCS4 CC1-2 CC1-1 FC7-12 FC15-59
HAZARD
UB UB UB I UK B
HEADLAMP SC2-6 FC15-14 LS40-2 LS40-4
MAIN BEAM DIP
L YG YG YG I O RY RY RY B
SC2-7 FC15-88 FC15-1 FC5-17 LS3-26 LS40-1 LS40-5 LSS3
SIDE LAMP
R KG KG KG I B
DIRECTION SC2-8 FC15-61 FRONT LAMP UNIT LSS4
INDICATOR
O GK GK GK GK B B
DIP UY UY UY I FC15-3 FC5-18 LS3-29 BR1-4 BR2-1 BR2-2 BRS1
REAR VIEW MIRRORS: YU YU SC2-4 FC15-42
MIRROR TINT 11.5 DIRECTION INDICATOR BR1-1
SC2-1
SIDE O GR GR B B B
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RY RY RY RY I FC15-81 FC1-5 CA80-1 CA80-2
FCS28 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC15-16
SIDE DI REPEATER
FC17R LOGIC CAS40 LSS16
LIGHTING STALK B B
POWER
DIMMER MODULE:
10.2
RY
SIDE LAMPS ON BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
NOTES:
DI bulb failure – BPM internal function. † NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
Daytime running lamps – BPM programmed function. from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
NK B+ (REVERSE LAMPS) I US US US US US WO 9
48 II
BT1-6 BT2-1 BTS10 BT4-18 CAS81 CA19-16 CC40-1 CC40-4
U U S – O UB
SCP 19.1 BRAKE SWITCH
BT1-16 BT1-9 BT11-4
SCP 19.1
S S S + O UW
BT1-8 BT1-3 #6 BT11-7 CA35-3
U LIGHTING O YW 3 5 GB GB
SCP 19.1 CONTROL 1
BT1-5 #8 10A BT11-5 BT4-40
S BULB FAILURE
I GW 1 2 US B B
SCP 19.1 MONITORING 1
BT2-6 BT11-9 CA35-2 CAS37
BK I O OG RK
STOP LAMP RELAY (#5) †
BT12-10
HIGH-MOUNTED CA31L
BT1-13 BT1-4 #19 5A STOP LAMP
BK I O RO 3 5 RY
BTS18 1
BT1-14 BT1-7 #21 5A BT10-4 LEFT HAND:
BK 1 2 RS
1
BT22L SECURITY AND LOCKING BT10-7 RG B
CONTROL MODULE UP BT29-1 BT29-2
SIDE MARKER AND
19.1
Y C + NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY (#3) † BT11-8
CAN SIDE MARKER
FC24-24 – S U U S –
G C – FC24-20 FCS2 FC15-84 OB
CAN 19.1 TRUNK FUSE BOX
FC24-47 + S S S S + BT51-7
FCS3 FOG
FC24-19 FC15-85
REVERSE NG B+ LIGHTING 1
BTS2 YW
GEAR 29
FC15-79 BT51-5
LIGHTING NB REVERSE
INDICATORS 13 B+ LIGHTING 2
TAIL
FC15-80
RB
NY
17 B+ HIGH CURRENT
BT51-3
FC15-104 SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
RO UB
INSTRUMENT PACK
RW I BT32-11
1 BT51-2
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output. FC15-41 OG STOP
2 WO I REAR FOG LAMPS BT32-6
II OB GY B
FC15-15
560 Ω 560 Ω
OY O BT32-10 BTS9 BT51-4 BT51-6
FC3-7 FC15-44 GW DI
37 WR REAR FOG
STATE BT32-8
II
FC3-9 TRAILER CONNECTED TAIL LAMP UNIT
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
B
BT32-1 RK PW PW B
DIMMER CONTROL:
10.2
RLG TRAILER REVERSE YW BTS7 BT40-1 BT40 BT40-2 BTS15 BT27-1 BT27-2
DIMMER OVERRIDE LAMPS CONTROL
FC3-1 LIGHTING BT32-12
CONTROL NUMBER PLATE LAMP
TRAILER REVERSE NP
560 Ω 560 Ω LAMPS B+ 53
BULB FAILURE BT32-4
MONITORING
FC3-5 TRAILER REVERSE B BTS1 RIGHT HAND:
FRONT FOG LAMPS RELAY GROUND
STATE BT32-13
YU SC2-4 O RW RW
SIDE MARKER BT28R
FC15-28 FC1-37 BT4-10
SIDE
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RY RY RY RY I
FCS28 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC15-16 B
RG FRONT SIDE LAMPS
LOGIC 09.1 (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FC17R LIGHTING STALK
POWER YW 11.5 REAR VIEW MIRROR: MIRROR TINT
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR BT21L
DIMMER MODULE:
10.2
RY
SIDE LAMPS ON
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
NK B+ (REVERSE LAMPS) I US US US US US WO 9
48 II
BT1-6 BT2-1 BTS10 BT4-18 CAS81 CA19-16 CC40-1 CC40-4
SCP 19.1
U U S – O UB
BT1-16 BT1-9 BT11-4 BRAKE SWITCH
SCP 19.1
S S S + O UW
BT1-8 BT1-3 #6 BT11-7
SCP U LIGHTING O YW 3 5 GB GB
19.1
CONTROL
1
BT1-5 #8 10A BT11-5 BT4-40 CA35-3
S BULB FAILURE I GW 1 2 US
SCP 19.1 MONITORING 1
BT2-6 BT11-9
BK I O OG RK B B
STOP LAMP RELAY (#5) †
BT1-13 BT1-4 #19 5A BT12-10 CA35-2 CAS37
BK I O RO 3 5 RY
BTS18 1 HIGH-MOUNTED CA31L
BT10-4
BT1-14 BT1-7 #21 5A STOP LAMP
BK 1 2 RS
1
SECURITY AND LOCKING BT10-7
BT22L
CONTROL MODULE UP
SIDE MARKER AND
CAN 19.1
Y C + NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY (#3) † BT11-8 LEFT HAND:
FC24-24 – S U U S –
G C – FC24-20 FCS2 FC15-84 OB
CAN 19.1 TRUNK FUSE BOX
FC24-47 + S S S S + BT51-7
FCS3 FOG
FC24-19 FC15-85
REVERSE NG BTS2 YW
GEAR 29 B+ LIGHTING 1
FC15-79 BT51-5
LIGHTING NB REVERSE
INDICATORS 13 B+ LIGHTING 2
TAIL
FC15-80
RB
NY
17 B+ HIGH CURRENT
BT51-3
FC15-104 SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
RO UB
INSTRUMENT PACK
RW I BT32-11
1 BT51-2
FC15-41 OG STOP
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.
2 WO I REAR FOG LAMPS BT32-6
II OB GY B
FC15-15
560 Ω 560 Ω
OY O BT32-10 BTS9 BT51-4 BT51-6
FC3-7 FC15-44 GW DI
37 WR REAR FOG
STATE BT32-8
II
FC3-9 TRAILER CONNECTED TAIL LAMP UNIT
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
B
BT32-1 RK PW PW B
DIMMER CONTROL:
10.2
RLG TRAILER REVERSE YW BTS7 BT40-1 BT40 BT40-2 BTS15 BT27-1 BT27-2
DIMMER OVERRIDE LAMPS CONTROL
FC3-1 LIGHTING BT32-12
CONTROL TRAILER REVERSE NP NUMBER PLATE LAMP
560 Ω 560 Ω LAMPS B+ 53
BULB FAILURE BT32-4
MONITORING
FRONT FOG FC3-5 TRAILER REVERSE B BTS1 RIGHT HAND:
LAMPS RELAY GROUND
STATE BT32-13
38 WR
II
FC14-2
34 WR
0 II
203 Ω 187 Ω
LS41-1 SERVO LH HEADLAMP
1 AMPLIFIER
GS GS GS GS LEVELING ACTUATOR
2 FC14-3 FC5-31 LS3-27 LSS11 LS41-2
3
BK BK
FC14-4 FCS7
LEVELING SWITCH
FC17L LS41-3
LSS8
B
LS18L
35 WR
II
LS42-1
SERVO RH HEADLAMP
GS AMPLIFIER LEVELING ACTUATOR
LS42-2
LS42-3
LSS16
B
LS19R
NO NO RH E-POST LAMP
RHD 44 LHD 23 B+
CA10-1 DD10-1
O GW B B B LHD B O GW B B B
PD10-14 PD14-1 PD14-2 PDS1 CA12-3 CAS40 RP10-14 RP14-1 RP14-2 RPS2 CA16-3
RHD
BK BK BK G I BK BK BK G I
PASSENGER DOOR PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CA11-8 PDS3 PD3-7 PD3-6 PD11-20 B B CA16-4 RDS1 RP3-6 RP3-5 RP11-20 PUDDLE LAMP
CA33R
PUDDLE LAMP (CA36R)
I B CA30R CA33R I B
PASSENGER DOOR PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CA33L PD10-17 RP10-17
(CA36L) SWITCH SWITCH
BK I CA33L BK I
(CA36L)
PD10-8 RP10-8
ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION LH SEAT RH SEAT
CENTRAL TRACTION /
VALET HEATER HEATER
OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE
LOCKING STABILITY HAZARD
DIMMER
DIMMER
DIMMER
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
OVERRIDE
DIMMER
FC24 FC25 FC24 IC10 IC10
-27 -21 -26 -4 -3
BK
FC29R CE2
IC1 IC1 CCS5
-2 -1
CC27 CC27 CC27 RLG RK
-9 -8 -7
B 07.1 A/CCM
BK
RLG RK RLG RK CC3R
DIMMER SC11-3 RK B
OVERRIDE CC20-5 CC20-1
LOCATE
DIMMER CONTROL ILLUMINATION
O RK
FC23-8 CRUISE CONTROL
ON / OFF SWITCH
UY RK B B
YU SC2-4 CC14-5 CC14-10 CCS15
LOCATE
SC2-1 O RK RK NOT USED * ILLUMINATION
SIDE FC23-7 FCS33 FC1-41 CC2R
BK BK BK BK SIDE RY RY RY RY GEAR SELECTOR
I
* NOTE: Splice, wire and connector – ILLUMINATION MODULE
FCS28 SC2-9 SCS1 SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC23-4 RK early production vehicles only.
RK RK RK RK B
FC17R
B I FC5-48
CCS8 FC7-1 FCS19 FC27-3 FC27-4
LOCATE
LIGHTING STALK FC23-9 ILLUMINATION
FC29R
RK TRIP COMPUTER
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR SWITCH PACK
DIMMER MODULE
BPM:
09.2 09.1
RY
SIDE LAMPS CONTROL
CA224 -11
RK RK RK RK RK B B RK B
12.5 -17 -12
REAR SEAT SWITCHES: RK RK CA53-7 CA53-4 CAS46 FCS10
LOCATE ILLUMINATION SM25-4P CA27-10 FC14-6 FC14-5
-18 -13 LOCATE B
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)
12.10 12.9 12.8
RK ILLUMINATION
-15 -14 -16
CA30L FC29L
ROOF CONSOLE
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
BK BK BK RK RK
PDS3 CA8-6 RK BK BK
CA11-8 PD1-4 PD1-2 CA11-6
LOCATE FC38-2 FC38-5 FCS28
ILLUMINATION LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CA33L
(CA36L) PASSENGER DOOR FC17R
SWITCH PACK CLOCK
BK BK BK RK RK RK BK BK BK RK RK RK B
CA14-4 RDS1 RD1-4 RD1-2 CA46-1 DD1-20 DD1-24 DDS3 CA8-8 CA19-3 CAS13 CA74-3 CA74-1
LOCATE LOCATE
ILLUMINATION ILLUMINATION
LOCATE CA36L
CA36L ILLUMINATION CA47L
(CA33L) FRONT
(CA33L) DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK CIGAR LIGHTER
DRIVER DOOR
BK BK BK RK RK SWITCH PACK RK B
CA16-4 RPS1 RP1-4 RP1-2 CA45-1 CA76 CA75-1
LOCATE LOCATE
ILLUMINATION ILLUMINATION
CA33L CA47R
(CA36L) PASSENGER REAR DOOR REAR
SWITCH PACK CIGAR LIGHTER
10 WP B+ O R R R
II
CA32-6 CA32-2 LS3-30 LL2-1 LL3-1
VEHICLE SPEED
08.1
UB UB I O S S S
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FC5-11 CA32-4 CA32-5 LS3-48† LL2-2 LL3-2
VARIABLE STEERING
I B B CONVERTER
CA32-8 CAS46
CA30L
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
WU BK YK PN BR WU BK PU PG BS
O BK
270 Ω
SK SK I FC15-90
UP SC9-3 SC3-6 FC15-87 O WU
100 Ω
FC15-40 FCS17
NP NP DOWN I YK
18 470 Ω
SC3-5 SC9-1 FC15-93
FORE O PN
820 Ω
FC15-99
AFT O BR
COLUMN JOY STICK FC15-100
O BK
BK BK BK BK YB YB I
FCS28 SCS1 SC9-7 FC15-91
SC2-9 SC9-5 SC3-7 FC15-11
AUTO TILT SWITCH I PU
FC15-66
FC17R
O PG
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR FC15-78
O BS
BK BK UR I FC15-52
FCS7 FC4-5 FC4-4 FC15-67 – S
U 19.1 SCP
FC17L IGNITION SWITCH FC15-84
(KEY-IN SWITCH) + S
S 19.1 SCP
FC15-85
BK BK SB SB I I B B
POWER
CCS4 CC13-3 CC13-1 FC7-18 FC15-58 FC15-25 FCS10
FC29L
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
NO NO – S
U
RHD 44 LHD 23 B+ 19.1 SCP
CA10-1 DD10-1 DD10-9
UG O + S
S 19.1 SCP
DD1-14 DD11-2 DD10-16
BK BK BK G I
CA8-8 DDS3 DD3-7 DD3-6 DD11-20
DRIVER DOOR
CA36L SWITCH
(CA33L) BK I
DD10-8
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
NW
9
DD1-1 NO NO – S
U
SET MEMORY RHD 43 LHD 22 B+ 19.1 SCP
STATUS CA14-1 RD10-1 RD10-9
MEMORY 1 UP UP UP I + S
S 19.1 SCP
DD1-3 CA8-9 CA13-2 RD11-5 RD10-16
MEMORY 2 UN UN UN I I BK
MEMORY
DD1-2 CA8-10 CA13-3 RD11-22 POSITIONS RD10-8
BK BK SB SB I INSTRUMENT PACK
CCS4 CC13-3 CC13-1 FC7-18 FC15-58
WU WG K N U G S WU WG K N U G S
CC3L
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH LOGIC
PW O B+ DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 PD8 PD8 PD8 PD8 PD8 PD8 PD8
PW FC15-101 POWER -2 -6 -8 -3 -5 -10 -4 -2 -6 -8 -3 -5 -10 -4
PW
WU BK OK ON OU OG Y WU BK YK PN PU PG Y
INTERIOR LIGHTING
10.1
PW FCS13
B+ SUPPLY
PW
BODY PROCESSOR
PW MODULE
PW MEMORY
POSITIONS
NO NO S U
RHD 43 LHD 22 B+ – 19.1 SCP
CA14-1 RD10-1 RD10-9
NW MEMORY 1 UP UP UP I S S
9 + 19.1 SCP
DD1-1 DD1-3 CA8-9 CA13-2 RD11-5 RD10-16
MEMORY 2 UN UN UN I I BK
DD1-2 CA8-10 CA13-3 RD11-22 RD10-8
MEMORY 3 US US US I I BK BK BK
** RDS1
DD1-15 CA8-11 CA13-4 RD11-15 RD10-19 CA14-4
MEMORY SET KS KS KS I I BK
** CA36L
DD1-13 CA8-15 CA13-1 RD11-13 RD11-7 (CA33L)
LOGIC
PW O B+ POWER
PW FC15-101
N G S N G S
NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED
PW
INTERIOR LIGHTING
10.1
PW FCS13 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 PD8 PD8 PD8 PD8 PD8 PD8 PD8
B+ SUPPLY BODY PROCESSOR
PW MODULE
-2 -6 -8 -3 -5 -10 -4 -2 -6 -8 -3 -5 -10 -4
PW
WU BK OK ON OU OG Y WU BK YK PN PU PG Y
PW
UP UP UP
DD1-3 CA8-9 CA13-2 RD11-5
UN UN UN
DD1-2 CA8-10 CA13-3 RD11-22 NOT USED
NOT USED
US US US
DD1-15 CA8-11 CA13-4 RD11-15
KS KS KS
DD1-13 CA8-15 CA13-1 RD11-13
NO NO S U
RHD 44 LHD 23 B+ – 19.1 SCP
CA10-1 DD10-1 DD10-9
S S
+ 19.1 SCP
DD10-16
NOT USED
WU
PW PW YR I DD10-20
FC5-14 (LHD) CA8-1 DD1-4 DD1-17 DD11-9 NOT USED OK
FC1-40 (RHD)
UP DD10-22
O ON
DD10-4
LEFT RIGHT
NOT USED
OU
SN I DD10-21
DOWN DD1-16 DD11-17 O OG
OR I DD10-3
DD1-7 DD11-3 O Y
YN I DD10-2
DD1-5 DD11-10
MIRROR
MIRROR JOY STICK CONTROL
OU (LHD)
DRIVER OB (RHD) I
DD1-8 (LHD)
OB (LHD) DD11-13 NO NO NOT USED WU
DD1-18 (RHD) RHD 23 LHD 44 B+
PASSENGER OU (RHD) I CA12-1 PD10-1 PD10-20
DD1-18 (LHD) DD11-5 SCP 19.1
U S – NOT USED YK
DD1-8 (RHD)
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH PD10-9 PD10-22
SCP 19.1
S S + O PN
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PD10-16 PD10-4
NOT USED PU
PD10-21
O PG
MIRROR
BK I CONTROL PD10-3
BK BK DD10-8 O Y
CA8-8 DDS3 BK I MIRROR PD10-2
COMMON
DD11-1 I BK BK BK
B B RHD B B B B I PD10-8 PDS3 CA11-8
CAS40 CA10-3 DDS1 DD10-17 I B B B LHD B B
LHD PDS1 CAS40
PD10-17 CA12-3
RHD
B
DRIVER DOOR
CA36L
CA33R CA30R CONTROL MODULE B
(CA33L) PASSENGER DOOR CA33L
CONTROL MODULE CA30R CA33R (CA36L)
NO – S
U SCP S S + + C
Y CAN
RHD 44 LHD 23 B+ 19.1 SCP 19.1 19.1
NOTE: Position Select Switch to neutral CA10-1 DD10-1 DD10-9 FC24-19 FC24-24
to operate Fold-Back Mirrors. S U S – G
+ S 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1 – C 19.1 CAN
DD10-16 FC24-20 FC24-47
VEHICLE
SPEED
PW YR REVERSE
I GEAR
DD1-4 DD1-17 DD11-9
UP
(FOLD-OUT)
MIRROR
CONTROL INSTRUMENT PACK
LEFT RIGHT
R R
DOWN SN I CAS35 CA8-13 DD8-1
(FOLD-BACK) DD1-16 DD11-17 CA60 4 B
OR I R 3 5 NB
31
DD1-7 DD11-3 SR SR
YN I YU 2 1 NB CA8-14 DD8-7 FOLD-BACK
32 MOTOR
DD1-5 DD11-10
NB – S
U YLG YLG MIRROR
13 B+ LOGIC 19.1 SCP
TINT
FC15-80 FC15-84 CAS41 CA11-12 PD8-12
2 WO I + S
S 19.1 SCP
II
FC15-15 FC15-85
10 WN I
I
PASSENGER DOOR
FC15-32 O YU YU MIRROR
PW PW FC15-72 FC5-42
CA8-1 FC5-14 (LHD) PW O RG RG
FC1-40 (RHD)
PW FC15-77 FC5-43
INTERIOR LIGHTING
10.1
PW PW O B+ YLG
B+ SUPPLY
PW FCS13 FC15-101 CA55-4 MIRROR
PW WS TINT
13
II
CA55-1
MIRROR
FOLD-BACK YU YU
CONTROL FC1-11 CA55-5
AUTO
YW HEADLAMPS
BT4-8 CA55-2
DIP UY UY I BK BK
YU YU SC2-4 FC15-42 CAS61 CA55-3
SC2-1
SIDE
CA30R INTERIOR
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RY RY RY RY I REAR VIEW MIRROR
FCS28 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC15-16
FC17R LOGIC
LIGHTING STALK
POWER YW 09.3 09.4
REVERSE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 09.1 and Fig. 09.2 for Lighting Circuit. BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
NS O OS OS
72 B+
EM68-27 EM68-30 EM64-A
43 WK B+ O OW OW
II
EM68-11 EM68-31 EM64-B
LH FRONT
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.2
O D DAMPER SOLENOID
EM68-10
RH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID
INSTRUMENT PACK: FAULT WARNING
08.1
SO SO O
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM2-10 EM68-1 O OB OB OB OB
INSTRUMENT PACK: VEHICLE SPEED
08.1
OB OB I EM68-13 EM2-20 FC5-41 CA29-4 LA1-A
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM2-14 EM68-24 O OW OW OW OW
EM68-32 EM2-1 FC5-40 CA29-3 LA1-B
LH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
O OP OP OP OP
EM68-15 EM2-12 FC1-20 CA9-4 RA1-A
O OY OY OY OY
EM68-34 EM2-11 FC1-19 CA9-3 RA1-B
RH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
9 WO US US US US US US US I
II CAS81 LSS1 EMS21
CC40-4 CC40-1 CA19-16 LS3-1 EM1-1 EM68-26
BRAKE SWITCH
I PB PB LATERAL
ACCELERATION
EM68-20 EM28-1
UW GROUND
EM28-2
U B+
EM28-3
LATERAL ACCELEROMETER
(FRONT)
I UB UB VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
EM68-21 EM4-1
O UW UW GROUND
EM68-3 EMS45 EM4-2
O U U B+
EM68-25 EMS44 EM4-3
FRONT VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
I RB RB RB RB VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
EM68-22 EM2-9 FC1-28 BT4-30 BT7-1
UW UW UW UW GROUND
B B I EM2-5 FC1-27 BT4-29 BT7-2
EMS11 EM68-18 U U U U B+
EM2-4 FC1-26 BT4-28 BT7-3
EM17
REAR VERTICAL
ADAPTIVE DAMPING ACCELEROMETER
CONTROL MODULE
INFLATE BK BK BK I O SM3-3D
KS
CA25L SMS4D ** KO
LUMBAR CA23-8 SM3-1D O SM3-4D
(CA26L)
DEFLATE
CA25R
(CA26R) ** NOTE: Module identification. DRIVER SEAT HEATER
OR
DRIVER SEAT RELAY
SM5-11D CONTROL MODULE OK (LHD)
OY (RHD) SM14-D
NS NS 3 5 OW R
46
SMS5D THERMOSTAT
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK OK (LHD) SM7-1D SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D
NS 1 2 OY (RHD) INNER OUTER
NK S U
RHD 7 LHD 27 B+ – 19.1 SCP
SM3-5D SM3-10D
RAISE GW I + S S 19.1 SCP
NP HEADREST SM5-16D SM3-6D SM3-9D
19
SM5-9D LOWER GY I
SM5-15D SM3-8D
RAISE UW I O RO
SEAT FRONT SM5-12D SM1-13D SM1-1D
LOWER UY I O RS
SM5-14D SM1-14D SM1-2D
RAISE KW I O US
SEAT REAR SM5-4D SM1-12D SM1-3D
LOWER KY I O UO
SM5-5D SM1-11D SM1-4D
FORE RW I O GS
RECLINE SM5-7D SM1-16D SM1-5D
AFT RY I O GO
SM5-8D SM1-15D SM1-6D
FORE PY I O PS
SEAT SM5-6D SM1-9D SM1-7D
AFT PW I O PO
SM5-13D SM1-10D SM1-8D
B
SM5-1D
O KS
U B B B I SM3-3D
SM5-3D CA23-4 SMS3D SM3-2D O KO
INFLATE BK BK BK I SM3-4D
CA25L SMS4D
**
LUMBAR CA23-8 SM3-1D
(CA26L)
DEFLATE
** NOTE: Module identification. DRIVER SEAT HEATER
CA25R
(CA26R) DRIVER SEAT RELAY
OR CONTROL MODULE
SM14-D
SM5-11D OK (LHD)
OY (RHD) NS NS 3 5 OW R
46
SMS5D THERMOSTAT
OK (LHD) SM7-1D SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D
NS 1 2 OY (RHD) INNER OUTER
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUAB B
OK (LHD) HEATER
OY (RHD)
FC5-44 (LHD) CA23-3
FC1-8 (RHD) U
UG NOT USED SM10-1D
DD11-2
PRESSURE SWITCH
OR B B B
SM10-3D SM10-2D SMS3D CA23-4
SEAT RAISE
RELAY
B 4 SM18-D
NK NK 5 3 US
RHD 7 LHD 27
SMS1D SM16-1D
RAISE UW 1 2 B
NP SEAT SM17-4D
19
SM17-9D LOWER UY
SM17-5D
SEAT LOWER
RELAY
NB
13 B+ LOGIC
FC15-80
RW I
1
FC15-41
2 WO I SM14-D
II NS NS 3 5 OW R B B B
FC15-15 SEAT 46
WN HEATER SMS5D SMS3D
560 Ω
10 I CONTROL OK (LHD) SM7-1D THERMOSTAT SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D CA23-4
WS I NS 1 2 OY (RHD) INNER OUTER
17 FC15-32
II CC1-5
SEAT HEATER OK (LHD) OK (LHD) OK (LHD) DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUAB
CA25L
(CA26L)
STATE OY (RHD) OY (RHD) OY (RHD) O LOGIC HEATER
CC1-8 (LHD) FC7-5 (LHD) FCS12 (LHD) FC15-69 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)
OP (LHD) OP (LHD) FCS14 (RHD) FC15-17 (RHD) DRIVER SEAT HEATER
FC7-14 (RHD) POWER
BK BK OU (RHD) OU (RHD) I RELAY
CCS4 CC1-2 CC1-7 (LHD) FC7-4 (LHD) FC15-86 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD) FC7-13 (RHD) FC15-35 (RHD)
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CC3L (LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK OK (LHD) OK (LHD)
OY (RHD) OY (RHD)
FC5-44 (LHD) CA23-3
FC1-8 (RHD)
UG
NOT USED
DD11-2
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
UG
DD1-14
UP UP UP
DD1-3 CA8-9 CA13-2 RD11-5
NOT USED UN UN UN
DD1-2 CA8-10 CA13-3 RD11-22
NOT USED
US US US
DD1-15 CA8-11 CA13-4 RD11-15
KS KS KS
DD1-13 CA8-15 CA13-1 RD11-13
NK S U
RHD 27 LHD 7 B+ – 19.1 SCP
SM3-5P SM3-10P
RAISE GW I + S S 19.1 SCP
NU HEADREST SM5-16P SM3-6P SM3-9P
41
SM5-9P LOWER GY I
SM5-15P SM3-8P
RAISE UW I O RO
SEAT FRONT SM5-12P SM1-13P SM1-1P
LOWER UY I O RS
SM5-14P SM1-14P SM1-2P
RAISE KW I O US
SEAT REAR SM5-4P SM1-12P SM1-3P
LOWER KY I O UO
SM5-5P SM1-11P SM1-4P
FORE RW I O GS
RECLINE SM5-7P SM1-16P SM1-5P
AFT RY I O GO
SM5-8P SM1-15P SM1-6P
FORE PY I O PS
SEAT SM5-6P SM1-9P SM1-7P
AFT PW I O PO
SM5-13P SM1-10P SM1-8P
B
SM5-1P
O KS
U B I SM3-3P
SM5-3P SM3-2P O KO
INFLATE SM3-4P
LUMBAR
DEFLATE PASSENGER SEAT PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
CONTROL MODULE RELAY
OR
SM5-11P SM14-P
NS NS 3 5 OW R B
47
SMS5P THERMOSTAT
OY (LHD) SM7-1P SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P
NS 1 2 OK (RHD) INNER OUTER
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS PASSENGER SQUAB
OY (LHD) OY (LHD) HEATER
OK (RHD) OK (RHD)
FC1-8 (LHD) CA27-3
FC5-44 (RHD) U
SM10-1P
PRESSURE SWITCH
OR B SMS3P B B
SM10-3P SM10-2P CA27-4
SOLENOID VALVE
CA26L
(CA25L)
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
NK S U SCP
RHD 27 LHD 7 B+ – 19.1
SM3-5P SM3-10P
RAISE GW I + S S 19.1 SCP
NU NU HEADREST SM5-16P SM3-6P SM3-9P
41
SMS7P SM5-9P LOWER GY I
SM5-15P SM3-8P
RAISE UW I O RO
SEAT FRONT SM5-12P SM1-13P SM1-1P
LOWER UY I O RS
SM5-14P SM1-14P SM1-2P
RAISE KW I O US
SEAT REAR SM5-4P SM1-12P SM1-3P
LOWER KY I O UO
SM5-5P SM1-11P SM1-4P
FORE RW RW I O GS
RECLINE SM5-7P SMS8P SM1-16P SM1-5P
AFT RY RY I O GO
SM5-8P SMS10P SM1-15P SM1-6P
FORE PY PY I O PS
SEAT SM5-6P SMS11P SM1-9P SM1-7P
AFT PW PW I O PO
SM5-13P SMS9P SM1-10P SM1-8P
B
SM5-1P
O KS
U B I SM3-3P
SM5-3P SM3-2P O KO
INFLATE SM3-4P
LUMBAR
DEFLATE PASSENGER SEAT PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
CONTROL MODULE RELAY
OR
SM5-11P SM14-P
NS NS 3 5 OW R B
47
SMS5P THERMOSTAT
OY (LHD) SM7-1P SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P
NS 1 2 OK (RHD) INNER OUTER
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS PASSENGER SQUAB
OY (LHD) OY (LHD) HEATER
OK (RHD) OK (RHD)
PW
FC1-8 (LHD) CA27-3
FC5-44 (RHD) U
PW SM10-1P
SM19-1P SM25-1P
PRESSURE SWITCH
NU NU PY PY
SM25-5P SM19-10P SM19-6P SM25-2P OR B SMS3P B B
RK B B SM10-3P SM10-2P CA27-4
SM19-9P SM19-7P SM25-3P
SOLENOID VALVE
CA26L
PASSENGER SEAT (CA25L)
FORE / AFT REAR SWITCH PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
RY RY
SM20-1P SM25-7P
NU NU RW RW
SM25-9P SM20-10P SM20-6P SM25-6P
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING 10.2
RK RK B B
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) PPS1 SM20-9P SM20-7P SM25-8P
PASSENGER SEAT
RECLINE REAR SWITCH
NB
13 B+ LOGIC
FC15-80
RW I
1
FC15-41
2 WO I
II
FC15-15
10 WN I
560 Ω I
17 WS FC15-32
II CC1-5
SEAT HEATER
STATE OK OK OK O
CC1-8 FC7-5 FCS12 FC15-69
OP OP I
CC1-7 FC7-4 FC15-86
DRIVER SM14-D
SEAT
HEATER NS NS 3 5 OW R B B
560 Ω CONTROL
46
SMS5D SM7-1D THERMOSTAT SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D CA23-4
NS 1 2 OK INNER OUTER
SEAT HEATER
STATE OY OY OY O CA25L
LOGIC DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUAB
CC1-14 FC7-14 FCS14 FC15-17
HEATER
BK BK OU OU I POWER
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
CCS4 CC1-2 CC1-13 FC7-13 FC15-35
RELAY
PASSENGER
CC3L SEAT HEATER SWITCHES BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
OK OK
FC5-44 CA23-3
SM14-P
NS NS 3 5 OW R B B
47
SMS5P SM7-1P THERMOSTAT SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P CA27-4
NS 1 2 OY INNER OUTER
OY OY
FC1-8 CA27-3
NB B+ LOGIC
13
FC15-80
RW I
1
FC15-41
2 WO I
II
FC15-15
10 WN I
560 Ω I
17 WS FC15-32
II CC1-5
SEAT HEATER
STATE OY OY OY O
CC1-14 FC7-14 FCS14 FC15-17
OU OU I
CC1-13 FC7-13 FC15-35
DRIVER SM14-D
SEAT
HEATER NS NS 3 5 OW R B B
560 Ω 46
CONTROL SMS5D SM7-1D SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D CA23-4
THERMOSTAT
NS 1 2 OY INNER OUTER
SEAT HEATER
STATE OK OK OK O CA26L
LOGIC DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUAB
CC1-8 FC7-5 FCS12 FC15-69
HEATER
BK BK OP OP I POWER DRIVER SEAT HEATER
CCS4 CC1-2 CC1-7 FC7-4 FC15-86
RELAY
PASSENGER
CC3L SEAT HEATER SWITCHES BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
OY OY
FC1-8 CA23-3
SM14-P
NS NS 3 5 OW R B B
47
SMS5P SM7-1P THERMOSTAT SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P CA27-4
NS 1 2 OK INNER OUTER
OK OK
FC5-44 CA27-3
NK
54 B+
BS2-4
NW B
56 B+
BS2-6 BS1-10 LH LUMBAR
INFLATE CIRCUIT
NW NW B
58 57 B+ LUMBAR
BC8-10 DEFLATE BC8-1 BS2-12 BS6-9 BS21-1 BS21-3 BB3-1L BB3-3L BS22-1 BS22-3 BB3-1R BB3-3R
SY SY I
BC8-6
PS PO GS GO PW PR GS GO
INFLATE BS4-16 BS1-11
RK
BC8-9
O PS
BS3-3L BS3-4L BS5-3R BS5-4R
B BS6-3
BC8-7 LOCATE O PO
BS6-4
LH LUMBAR SWITCH GS
O
BS6-5
NW UW UW I O GO
59
BC3-10 FORE BC3-1 BS4-7 BS7-19 BS6-6
UY UY I O PW
AFT BC3-6 BS4-6 BS7-18 BS6-8
RK O PR
BC3-9 BS6-7
B O GW
BC3-7 LOCATE BS6-11
O GR
LH FORE / AFT SWITCH BS6-12
NW YG YG I
60
BC4-10 LOWER BC4-1 BS4-8 BS7-16
YW YW I
RAISE BC4-6 BS4-9 BS7-17
RK BS10
BC4-9 NW 8 10 OU OU B B
55
B BS3-6L BB4-3L BB4-2L BBS1L
BC4-7 LOCATE SW 6 7 B
SOLENOID VALVE
LH HEADREST SWITCH OS
BB4-1L
LH LUMBAR
NW RW RW I DEFLATE RELAY
61 PRESSURE SWITCH
BC6-10 DEFLATE BC6-1 BS4-12 BS7-20
RY RY I
BC6-6 LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
INFLATE BS4-13 BS7-8
RK O OW
BC6-9 BS6-10 BS3-5L
B
BC6-7 LOCATE
O OU OU B B
RH LUMBAR SWITCH BBS1R
BS6-2 BS5-6R BB4-3R BB4-2R
62 NW PW PW I
SOLENOID VALVE
BC5-10 FORE BC5-1 BS4-11 BS7-10 O OS OS
PY PY I BS6-1 BS5-5R BB4-1R
AFT BC5-6 BS4-10 BS7-9 BS5-2R BS3-2L
RK PRESSURE SWITCH
BC5-9
B RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
B B
BC5-7 LOCATE
NP R
64 LH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER LH REAR SEAT SQUAB
BS8-3 BS8-1 BSS2
HEATER
25 WU
II BS8-4 R R
BS4-1 BC1-10
STATE
U U
TIMER
BS8-5 BS4-2 BC1-1
B
BS8-2
RK B
BCS2 BC1-9 BC1-7
LOCATE
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER LH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
RS R RS B B B
BS5-1L BB1-1R BB1-3R BB5-1R BB5-3R BBS1R BS5-2R
NP RS
65 RH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER RH REAR SEAT SQUAB
BS9-3 BS9-1 BSS4
HEATER
26 WU
II BS9-4 RS RS
BS4-4 BC2-10
STATE
US US
TIMER BS9-5 BC2-1
BS4-5
B
BS9-2
RK B B B
BC2-9 BC2-7 BCS1 BS4-3
LOCATE
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER RH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
BSS5
CA109-3
CA38L
NP R
64 LH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER LH REAR SEAT SQUAB
BS8-3 BS8-1 BSS2
HEATER
27 WU
II BS8-4 R B
BS11-10 BS11-6
STATE
U U
TIMER
BS8-5 BS11-4
B
BS8-2
RK B
BSS6 BS11-9 BS11-5
LOCATE
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER LH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
RS R RS B B
BS15-1 BB1-1R BB1-3R BB5-1R BB5-3R BS15-3
NP RS
65 RH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER RH REAR SEAT SQUAB
BS9-3 BS9-1 BSS4
HEATER
28 WU
II BS9-4 RS B
BS12-10 BS12-6
STATE
US US
TIMER
BS9-5 BS12-4
B
BS9-2
RK B
BS12-9 BS12-5
LOCATE
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER RH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
BSS5
CA109-3
CA38L
NO NO S U SCP SCP U S – NO NO
RHD 44 LHD 23 B+ – 19.1 19.1 B+ 22 LHD 43 RHD
CA10-1 DD10-1 DD10-9 RD10-9 RD10-1 CA14-1
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
POWER
BK
FASCIA
SWITCH PACK SECURITY AND LOCKING BT22L
CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
NO NO S U U S – NO NO
23 B+ – 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1 B+ 22
CA10-1 DD10-1 DD10-9 RD10-9 RD10-1 CA14-1
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
3 5 YR B
5
#7 30A LS6-1 LS43-2 LS43-1
1 2 YS
5
LS6-10 POWERWASH
PUMP
POWERWASH RELAY (#4) †
NB O YS YS YS
13 B+ LOGIC
FC15-80 FC15-18 FC5-25 LS3-23
NY B+ MOTORS I YW YW YW
17
FC15-104 FC15-6 FC5-47 LS3-31 LS44-3 FLUID LEVEL
2 WO I O YG YG YG B
II LS44-2 LS44-1 LSS15
FC15-15 FC15-26 FC5-F LS3-D
B
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP LS19L
AND
FLUID LEVEL SENSOR
5 WO WO LGR LGR I
II
SC1-9 WASH SC1-8 FC15-37
LGK LGK I
FAST WIPE SC1-6 FC15-34 LS11 4 B
LGO LGO I KG 3 5 NU NU
71
SLOW WIPE SC1-5 FC15-94 LSS2
NU 1 2 WLG LSS10
FLICK WIPE LGU LGU I
SC1-7 FC15-9 B
INTERMITTENT
WIPE WIPER RUN / STOP
RELAY † LS18R
O WLG WLG
FC15-43 FC5-26 LS3-24
560 Ω
LS12 4 U
1.3 ΚΩ KG 3 5 R
WASH / WIPE
CONTROL
DELAY 2.7 ΚΩ NU 1 2 BLG
5.1 ΚΩ
FAST BW R R
WASH / WIPE STALK EM33-3 EM51-3
B B N SLOW BR U U
DIP UY EMS11 EM33-4 EM33-2 EM51-4
YU SC2-4
SC2-1 NLG RY RY
SIDE PARK SWITCH EM33-1 EM3-4
EM17
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RY RY RY RY I
FCS28 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC15-16
WIPER MOTOR
LIGHTING STALK
FC17R I RY
FC15-60
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
LOGIC
DIMMER MODULE:
10.2
RY
SIDE LAMPS ON
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
YW YW YW I O YB YB I NK
B+ 45
DD1-12 CA8-16 FC5-1 FC15-89 FC15-46 FC5-30 CA64-4 CA64-1
WINDOW
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH RW I LIFT O YLG YLG I
1 CONTROL
FC15-41 FC15-47 FC5-29 CA64-2 O O
CENTRAL 2 WO I SR2-1
BN II NB U
I LOCKING FC15-15 B+ 13 O
DRIVER SIDE UP DD1-11 DD11-22 SWITCH 8 WY I (INERTIA FC15-80 SR2-3 SLIDING ROOF
II SWITCH)
BW
FC15-33 MOTOR
I BK BK SG SG SLIDING
I ROOF
DRIVER SIDE DOWN DD1-6 DD11-15 CCS5 CC1-16 CC1-15 FC7-15 FC15-63 KEY FOB CONTROL
U ANTENNA OPEN
BY SCP 19.1 S –
I LOGIC
FC15-84 I OS
PASSENGER SIDE UP DD1-23 DD11-6 CC3R CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK SCP 19.1
S S + POWER CA64-5 CA53-5 WN 16
BS OG CA53-1 I
I FC15-85 I
PASSENGER SIDE DOWN DD1-19 DD11-21 CA64-6 CA53-6
I B CLOSE
BODY PROCESSOR
REAR WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES MODULE CA64-3
SLIDING ROOF
BT33 BT33
-1 -2
SWITCH
SLIDING ROOF CAS46
NW BO I U S – NY CONTROL MODULE ROOF CONSOLE
9 SCP 19.1 B+ 51
DD1-1 DRIVER UP DD1-9 DD10-18 BT1-16 BT1-15
B B
SCP 19.1
S S + I W
BG I BT1-8 BT6-1 BT34 CA30L
DRIVER DOWN DD1-10 DD10-10
REMOTE BRD
ALL
BT6-2
BR I CLOSE
I BK BK
PASSENGER UP DD1-21 DD10-19
BT1-13 BTS18
BP I I BK
PASSENGER DOWN DD1-22 DD11-7 BT1-14 BT22L
1Κ Ω
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
BK BK
DDS3 DD1-24 WINDOW
LIFT
FRONT WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES CONTROL SCP 19.1
S S + + C Y 19.1 CAN
CA8-8 FC24-19 VEHICLE FC24-24
U SPEED G
SCP 19.1 S – – C 19.1 CAN
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
FC24-20 FC24-47
BK
NO NO S U SCP SCP U S – NO NO
44 B+ – 19.1 19.1 B+ 43
CA12-1 PD10-1 PD10-9 RP10-9 RP10-1 CA16-1
NG BO I S S SCP SCP S S + I BO NG
39 + 19.1 19.1 40
PD1-3 WINDOW UP PD1-1 PD11-6 PD10-16 RP10-16 RP11-6 RP1-1 WINDOW UP RP1-3
U
BG I WINDOW I BG
NOT USED RP11-8 LIFT
WINDOW DOWN PD1-5 PD11-21 RP11-21 RP1-5 WINDOW DOWN
WINDOW U CONTROL
LIFT
CONTROL RP11-15
PASSENGER DOOR BK BK BK OW O U U O OW BK BK BK
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK I O O I SWITCH PACK
CA11-8 PDS3 PD10-8 PD10-15 PD16-2 RP16-1 RP10-15 RP10-8 RPS1 CA16-4
B B B I O UW UW O I B B B
CAS40 CA12-3 PDS1 PD10-17 RP16-2 RP10-7 RP10-17 RPS2 CA16-3
PD10-7 PD16-1 WINDOW LIFT WINDOW LIFT
B
MOTOR MOTOR
CA33L CA33R PASSENGER DOOR PASSENGER REAR DOOR CA33R CA33L
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
YW YW YW I O YB YB I NK
B+ 45
DD1-12 CA8-16 FC1-10 FC15-89 FC15-46 FC5-30 CA64-4 CA64-1
WINDOW
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH RW I LIFT O YLG YLG I
1 CONTROL
FC15-41 FC15-47 FC5-29 CA64-2 O O
2 WO I SR2-1
CENTRAL II
BY I LOCKING FC15-15 NB O U
B+ 13
DRIVER SIDE UP DD1-23 DD11-22 SWITCH 8 WY I (INERTIA FC15-80
II SWITCH)
SR2-3 SLIDING ROOF
BS
FC15-33
SLIDING
MOTOR
I BK BK SG SG I ROOF
DRIVER SIDE DOWN DD1-19 DD11-15 CCS5 CC1-16 KEY FOB CONTROL
CC1-15 FC7-15 FC15-63
ANTENNA OPEN
U S –
BN I SCP 19.1 LOGIC
FC15-84 I OS
PASSENGER SIDE UP DD1-11 DD11-6 CC3R CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK SCP 19.1
S S + POWER CA64-5 CA53-5 WN 16
BW OG CA53-1 I
I FC15-85 I
PASSENGER SIDE DOWN DD1-6 DD11-21 CA64-6 CA53-6
I B CLOSE
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE CA64-3
REAR WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES SLIDING ROOF
BT33 BT33
-1 -2
SWITCH
SLIDING ROOF CAS46
NW BR I SCP U S – NY CONTROL MODULE ROOF CONSOLE
9 19.1 B+ 51
DD1-1 DRIVER UP DD1-21 DD10-18 BT1-16 BT1-15
B B
SCP 19.1
S S + I W
BP I BT1-8 BT6-1 BT34 CA30L
DRIVER DOWN DD1-22 DD10-10
REMOTE BRD
ALL CLOSE
BT6-2
BO I
I BK BK
PASSENGER UP DD1-9 DD10-19
BT1-13 BTS18
BG I I BK
PASSENGER DOWN DD1-10 DD11-7 BT1-14 BT22L
1Κ Ω
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
BK BK
DDS3 DD1-24
WINDOW
LIFT S S + + C
Y
FRONT WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES CONTROL
SCP 19.1 19.1 CAN
CA8-8 FC24-19 VEHICLE FC24-24
SPEED
SCP 19.1
U S – – C
G 19.1 CAN
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
FC24-20 FC24-47
BK
NO NO – S
U U S – NO NO
23 B+ 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1 B+ 22
CA12-1 PD10-1 PD10-9 RP10-9 RP10-1 CA16-1
NG BO I + S
S S S + I BO NG
39 19.1 SCP SCP 19.1 40
PD1-3 WINDOW UP PD1-1 PD11-6 PD10-16 RP10-16 RP11-6 RP1-1 WINDOW UP RP1-3
U WINDOW
BG I LIFT I BG
NOT USED RP11-8 CONTROL
WINDOW DOWN PD1-5 PD11-21 RP11-21 RP1-5 WINDOW DOWN
WINDOW U
LIFT
CONTROL RP11-15
PASSENGER DOOR BK BK BK OW O U U O OW BK BK BK PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK I O O I SWITCH PACK
CA11-8 PDS3 PD10-8 PD10-15 PD16-2 RP16-1 RP10-15 RP10-8 RPS1 CA16-4
B B B I O UW UW O I B B B
CA12-3 PDS1 PD10-17 RP16-2 RP10-7 RP10-17 RPS2 CA16-3
PD10-7 PD16-1 WINDOW LIFT WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR MOTOR
CA36L CA30R PASSENGER DOOR PASSENGER REAR DOOR CA36R CA36L
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
RADIO
ANTENNA
CAN 19.1
G C –
FC24-47 NG
50
VEHICLE O UW UW UW I BT19-3
SPEED
FC25-20 FC5-6 IC1-5 IC10-1 B B NOT USED
O LGB LGB LGB BT19-6 BTS19
IC10-5 IC1-14 BT4-6 BT19-4 CA54 CA54 PD5 PD5 PD6 PD6 RP6 RP6 RP5 RP5
INSTRUMENT PACK BT28L
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
ANTENNA (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD)
MOTOR DD5 DD5 DD6 DD6 RD6 RDP RD5 RD5
DIMMER CONTROLLED
10.2
RK RK -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -1 -1 -2
LIGHTING (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD)
IC10-3
CD AUTO-CHANGER
BRD
CE2
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
RADIO
ANTENNA
RIGHT SIDE SPEAKERS
CA3 CA7
NG ‘A’ POST FRONT DOOR REAR DOOR REAR DOOR
20 B+ NO CODE TWEETER MID-BASS MID-BASS TWEETER
IC10-10
CAN 19.1
Y C + 21 WY B+
I NG
FC24-24 IC10-11
50
CAN 19.1
G C – BT19-3
DIMMER CONTROLLED
10.2
RK RK SK SK
LIGHTING
IC10-3 NP NP IC31-6 IC3-9 SK SO KP BS
52 B+
DIMMER OVERRIDE 10.2
RLG RLG ICS1 IC30-5 SO SO
IC10-4 NP B+ IC31-16 IC3-10
IC30-12 SK SK SK SK
CA12-5 (LHD) PDS4 (LHD)
IC31-14 IC3-1 DDS4 (RHD)
CA10-5 (RHD)
RADIO TELEPHONE 16.3
PK PK PK SO SO SO SO
CA12-6 (LHD) PDS5 (LHD)
RT2-2 IC1-6 IC10-15 IC31-13 IC3-2 DDS5 (RHD)
CA10-6 (RHD)
RADIO TELEPHONE 16.3
PR PR PR KG KG KP KP
B CA16-5 (LHD) RPS4 (LHD)
RT2-1 IC1-7 IC10-16 I IC31-11 IC3-3 RDS4 (RHD)
CA14-5 (RHD)
16.3
PO PO PO IC34-1 IC30-2 BW BW BS BS
RADIO TELEPHONE
Y CA16-6 (LHD) RPS5 (LHD)
RT2-3 IC1-8 IC10-14 I IC31-3 IC3-4 RDS5 (RHD)
CA14-6 (RHD)
RADIO TELEPHONE 16.3
UY UY UY IC34-2 IC30-7
RT2-7 IC1-4 IC10-12 G
RADIO TELEPHONE 16.3
LGY LGY LGY IC34-3 IC30-3
RT2-9 IC1-10 IC10-13 U I
IC34-4 IC30-6 R R
R I IC31-7 IC2-5 BT52-1
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
IC34-5 IC30-1 U U
O I IC31-17 IC2-6 BT52-2
IC34-6 IC31-1
CASSETTE BRD
PY PY PY PY PY I S S
MODE SW4-1 SW2-2 SW1-2 SC3-2 FC5-36 IC1-3 IC10-2 IC31-8 IC2-7 BT53-1
3.3 Κ Ω K K
CD LINK LEAD IC31-18 IC2-8 BT53-2
SEEK
6.8 Κ Ω IC19 IC5
W
VOLUME+ SUB-WOOFER
IC19-2 IC5-2
20 Κ Ω
BRD RDS5 (LHD)
VOLUME – CASSETTE IC19-5 IC5-5 BS BS BS RPS5 (RHD) BS
BO BO BO BK R IC31-2 IC3-8 CA14-6 (LHD) RDS4 (LHD)
CA16-6 (RHD)
SW4-2 SW2-6 SW1-6 SC3-12 FCS28 IC19-3 IC5-3 KP KP KP RPS4 (RHD) KP
RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES G IC31-10 IC3-7 CA14-5 (LHD) DDS5 (LHD)
CA16-5 (RHD)
IC19-4 IC5-4 SR SR SR PDS5 (RHD) SR
FC17R
STEERING WHEEL U IC31-4 IC3-6 CA10-6 (LHD) DDS4 (LHD)
CA12-6 (RHD)
IC19-6 IC5-6 SP SP SP PDS4 (RHD) SP
Y IC31-12 IC3-5 CA10-5 (LHD)
CA12-5 (RHD)
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground IC19-7 IC5-7 SR SR
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or O IC31-15 IC3-12
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. SP SR KP BS
IC19-1 IC5-1 SP SP
BRD IC31-5 IC3-11
IC19-8 IC5-8 DD5 DD5 DD6 DD6 RD6 RD6 RD5 RD5
B -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
(LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD)
IC30-4
CD AUTO-CHANGER PD5 PD5 PD6 PD6 RP6 RP6 RP5 RP5
BRD B CA56 CA56 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
ICS8 -1 -2 (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD)
IC30-11
B
NOT USED
CE2
RADIO / CASSETTE POWER AMPLIFIER IC2-4
HEAD UNIT
B
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
NOTE: Wires not color-coded. LGY LGY 16.1 16.2 ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
W W W U RT4-15 RT2-9
RT64-1 RT66-1 RT5-11 RT5-10 RT1-1 RT4-8
BRD BRD BRD SK
RT64-2 RT66-2 RT5-12 RT5-9 RT1-10 RT4-14
W
RT5-1 RT1-7 RT4-12
W
RT5-2 RT1-3 RT4-7
BRD
RT4-1
SR
RT5-3 RT1-4 RT4-4
SO
RT5-4 RT1-5 RT4-3
K
RT5-5 RT1-6 RT3-8
B
RT5-6 RT1-2 RT4-13
G
RT5-7 RT1-8 RT3-6
BRD
B
RT4-6
BRD
O
RT5-8 RT1-9 RT3-1
HANDSET
Y Y
CA67-1 RT2-4 RT3-11
BRD BRD
CA67-2 RT2-5 RT3-12
MICROPHONE
B
RT3-4
RTS3
B
RT3-9
B
TELEPHONE
TRANSCEIVER
RT2-6
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
B
CAS50
CA38R
PASSENGER SIDE
AIRBAG
YR KP
CA61-14 CA81-3
S I
CA15-2 CA61-22
P I
LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR U
CA15-3 CA61-20 O
R I CA61-1 CA62-1
LH SEAT BELT
CA15-1 CA61-24 PRETENSIONER
N
CA61-2 CA62-3
O U
S I CA61-3 CA65-1
RH SEAT BELT
CA22-2 CA61-23 PRETENSIONER
P I N
RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
CA22-3 CA61-21 CA61-4 CA65-3
R I
CA22-1 CA61-25
O Y Y
CA61-16 CA66-1 SM15-1D (LHD)
SM15-1P (RHD)
LH SIDE AIRBAG
YU YR
CA61-17 CA66-3 SM15-2D (LHD)
SM15-2P (RHD)
O Y Y
CA61-18 CA72-1 SM15-1P (LHD)
SM15-1D (RHD)
RH SIDE AIRBAG
BK I YR YR
CA61-6
CA61-19 CA72-3 SM15-2P (LHD)
SM15-2D (RHD)
CA48
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MEASURE THE
RESISTANCE THROUGH THE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY.
DOING SO MAY TRIGGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND POSSIBLY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.
YB YB
NB #11 10A LS7-1 LS48
13 B+
RH HORN
FC15-80 B
3 5 YW LS49
HP1
CASSETTE 5
GU GU GU I #13 10A LS7-5 LS20R
LOGIC
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or POWER
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
HORNS
NLG
25
BT25-1 NY NY NY NY
11
PN PN TRUNK FCS5 FC23-10 EPS2 EP1-10
ACCESSORY
#11 10A BT12-1 BTS6 BT25-3
CONNECTOR NY NY
B FC23-11 EP1-11
3 5 BT25-2
1
#13 BT12-5
BT21R 10.2
RO
2 1 WN 17 FC23-1 EP1-1
1 I
BT11-6
10.2
RO
FC23-2 EP1-2
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6)
10.2
WN
FC23-3 EP1-3
TRUNK FUSE BOX
10.2
RY
NLG FC23-4 EP1-4
24
CA71-1
10.2
Y
PASSENGER DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
PN PN COMPARTMENT FC23-5 EP1-5
BT4-C CA71-3 ACCESSORY 10.2
G
B CONNECTOR FC23-6 EP1-6
CA71-2
10.2
RK
CA31R FC23-7 EP1-7
10.2
RK
FC23-8 EP1-8
10.2
UO
FC23-12 EP1-12
B B B
ACCESSORY CONNECTORS FC23-9 EPS1 EP1-9
22 WU B
I
CA74-2 CA74-1
NY NY
FRONT CIGAR LIGHTER EP4 EP2-2 EP2-1
CA47L 5A
B
EP3
23 WU B
I
CA75-2 CA75-1
ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING
REAR CIGAR LIGHTER MODULE
CA47R
CIGAR LIGHTERS ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING † NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
NU
12 B+
+ C Y Y C + + C Y AJ26 N/A Y C + + C Y Y Y C + + C Y Y C + CC6-16
LS27-5 EM1-6 EM7-83 EM7-86 EM10-26 EM10-28 EM2-7 FC7-8 CC14-4 CC14-9 FC11-12 FC24-24 24 WK B+
G G G AJ26 N/A G G G G G G II CC6-9
– C C – – C C – – C C – – C C –
LS27-15 EM1-7 EM7-82 EM7-85 EM10-25 EM10-27 EM2-6 FC7-2 CC14-3 CC14-8 FC11-15 FC24-47 14 WN
I CC6-8
3 WO
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL TRANSMISSION CONTROL ENGINE CONTROL GEAR SELECTOR II CC6-1
CONTROL MODULE MODULE (AJ26 N/A) MODULE ILLUMINATION MODULE
+ C Y Y Y AJ26 SC
– C G G G AJ26 SC
+ C Y Y C +
LS27-15 EM1-7 EMS32 FC24-23 FC7-10 CC6-6
– C G G C –
ABS/TRACTION CONTROL FC24-48 FC7-9 CC6-14
CONTROL MODULE
Y
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)
+ C
EM62-H
– C G
EM62-L
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE (AJ26 SC)
U S –
FC24-20
S S +
FC24-19
INSTRUMENT PACK
– S U U U S –
FC15-84 FCS2 CA19-4 CC6-10
+ S S S S S +
FC15-85 FCS3 CA19-5 CC6-2
U S BK
BODY PROCESSOR CC6-4
MODULE FC1 FC1 BK
-32 -48† CCS4
CA222 U CC6-5
S U U U -1 U U U S –
– BK
BT1-16 BT4-15 U -2 -6 U CA23-5 SM3-10D
S S U -4 -7 U S S
DATA LINK
+ S S + CC3L CONNECTOR
BT1-8 BT4-16 -5 -3 U CA23-6 SM3-9D
-8 S
SECURITY AND LOCKING S -15 S DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE S -12 -16 S CONTROL MODULE
S -14 -17 S
– S U U -11 -13 S U U S –
DD10-9 CA8-2 -18 CA46-2 RD10-9
+ S S S S S S +
DD10-16 CA8-3 CA46-3 RD10-16
+ S S S -8 S S S S +
PD10-16 CA11-3 -18 S CA27-6 SM3-9P
-19 S
PASSENGER DOOR -20 PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
U U S –
CA45-2 RP10-9
S S S +
CA45-3 RP10-16
D Y
FC15-39
D SU
FC15-92
D SO
FC15-21
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SO
SECURITY SYSTEM
D
FC22-11
SU
SERIAL LINK
D
FC22-9
D Y
FC22-17 FCS30
D O
FC22-16
D O
FC22-6
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
NU
12 B+
D O O CC6-16
O.K. TO START
EM10-6 EM2-15 24 WK B+
Y Y II CC6-9
SECURITY D
ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 EM2-13 14 WN
I CC6-8
FCCP D P P D
EM11-3 EM53-18 CC6-12
VFP D W W D
EM13-2 EM53-19 CC6-13
D O O O O O O O D
EM10-13 EMS40 EM3-2 FCS16 FC11-16 CCS11 CC6-7
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
FVSE BOX- RH HEELBOARD CA41 i ,&WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, NATURAL RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
CA42: 10.WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX I BLACK
913, EYELET
ST, 4, EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BT10,1O~WAY “.T.A FVSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRlER
BTll :,o~WAY “.TA. FUSE BOX, BLACK
BTlZ, ,@WAY” TA FUSE BOX/GREEN
BTlS,,o~WAY U TA FUSE BOX/BLUE
BT64, EYELET
HlGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 i EYELET TRUNK, ADJACENT TO BA”ERY
BT61, EYELET
8162, EYELET
BT63, EYELET
TRANSIT iSOLATlON DE”lCE BTU, LUCAR - STRAlGHT ADMCENT TO BATTERY, BATTERY COVER
BTGS, BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AUXILIARY POSlTl”E RELAY BROWN BUS RH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX/HEELBOARD COVER
IRH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX1
EMS CONTROL RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
(ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOW
,GNlTlON POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
(ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX,
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS LH HEELBOARD FUSE BOXIHEELBOARD COVER
CLH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX)
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TRUNK,~E~~ B”LKHEAD,RH SIDE
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/ GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
SE EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6 EYELET ENGiNE COMPARTMENT,RH FALSE BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) - BA”ERY GROUND STUD
+I
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
SPLlCE HEADER - CA223 CA223,20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK RH HEELBOARD! HEELBOARD COVER
SWCE HEADER - CA224 C~224, 20.WAY SUMITOMO SPLlCE HEADER, GREEN LH HEELBOARD: HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK!REAR B”LKHEAD,RH SIDE
CA\10 BYWAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW PASSENGER ‘4’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
CA14 6.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘B,C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA19 ZO~WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW LH 'N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER
CA20 2%WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW RH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA23 IO~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 10.WAY M”LTliOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COiN TRAY
ICI 14.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE LH HEELBOARD
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BS4 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
BT4 WWAY THROUGH PANEL! BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK,REAR B”LKHEAD/RH SIDE
CA109 12~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
EM42 I-WAY YAZAKI, GREY BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
IC2 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE REARWARD OF FUEL TANK, BATTERY COVER
LS32 I-WAY YAZAKI , GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSION ARM
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
ST14, EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO, 10.WAY ” T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT,, , ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, BLACK
BT,2,,0-WAY ” T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
BT13, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64, EYELET
SPLlCE HEADER - CA225 CA225,20-WAY SUMlTOMO SPLiCE HEADER, NATURAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 !&WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF ITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
CA19 Z&WAY MULTiLOCK 070, YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA20 Z&WA’, MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW RH ‘Yt’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
CA109 IZ-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
EMI 1%WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
EM42 I-WAY YAZAK, , GREY BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
EM51 12.WAY AUGAT 1 6, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR i BLACK BELOW DRl”ER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
IC1 II-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LH HEELBOARD
LS3 54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR/BLACK LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
EM2 20.WAY
MULTlLOCK070:GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST)ILOWER ‘N POSTFINISHER
EM51 12~WAY
AUGAT1.6,GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: ADJACENT TO ABSPUMP
FC1 54.WAY
THROUGH PANELCONNECTOR
I BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT I GLDVE BOX ASSEMBLY
PI1 57.WAY SUMITOMO TS090 : BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTS BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
ST4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF /TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD I RH SIDE
CA19 Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER
CA20 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW RH ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET I LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FCll ,B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE 1 COIN TRAY
LS3 54~WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONIuECTOR, BLACK LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘N POST FlNlSHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FCI’L EYELET (PAW-EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM2 IO~WAY MUWLOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
EM3 II-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘iz’ POST, LOWER ‘I’ POST FINISHER
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL /II HC, GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
FC7 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COlN TRAY
Pi. 57.WAY SUMITOMO TS090, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 IWVAY ECONOSEAL 111iC, BLACK ENGINE COwARTMENTi BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST5 EYELET ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6 EYELET ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) - BATTERY GROUND STUD
CCBR EYELET (PAIR, iii, FRONT BULKHEAD STVD, CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
4-
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE REGULATOR (GENERATOR) P150, S-WAY SUMITOMO 92, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) - BATTERY GROUND STUD
FC17L EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EMBR EYELET (PAIR) EMS LH GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
BA ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO: Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040 I GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
GROUND iR.D.4.32~ EM, 1 : 16 WAY MULTILOCK MO! GREY
EM12 /22-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
B+
EM,3;34-WAY MULTlLOCK 040 ’ GREY
EM14 ‘12-W*,’ MULTlLOCK 47: WHITE
GROUND EM15 I 22 WAY MULTILOCK 47: WHITE
ECTS. ENGINE CODLANTTEMPERAT”RE SENSOR Pid! 2~WAY ECONOSEAL E JZ I GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
5v
EVAPP EVAP CANlSTER PURGE VALVE EM39 / Z~WAY ECONOSEAL J2- 1 BL*CK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT i BULKHEAD
GROUND FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR BT5, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TOP OF FUEL TANK .‘TR”NK CARPET
GROUND FP, , S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC I BLACK
ti02S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR I”PSTREAM,-A EM21 i I-W*Y SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT 1 BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HOX HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR iUPSTREAM - B EM23 !4~W*Y SUMlTOMO 90 II, GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
,ATS ,NTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR P135,5-WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT!REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
KS. KNOCK SENSOR -‘ti BANK Pi26, Z~WAY ECONOSEN 111LC , BLACK ENGINE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
KS- KNOCK SENSOR - ‘B’ BANK ~127, ?~WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC I BLACK ENGlNE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
*+
MAW MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR P135 i 5.WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
B+
025 OXYGEN SENSOR ,DOWNSTRE*MI - A EM22,2-W*Y SVMITOMO 90 II, GREY ENG,NE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
OzS’ OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAMI B EMZ~ i Z-WAY SUMITOMO 90 /I i GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT: BRACKET 0N Top m TRANSMIWON
5v
PARKlNG BRAKE SWTCH CC,, / Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
PEDAL POSlTlON AND MECHANlCAL GUARD SENSORS P142,i~WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
THROTrLE MOTOR P133, ?-WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR P,6,4-WAY SUMITOMO TS90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ONTHRO”LEASSEMBLY
GROUND
“ACUUM SWlTCHiNG VALVE i EM57,2-W*Y SUMITOMO 90 DC/ BLUE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
“AC”“M SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 2 EM58 / *-WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC i BROWN ENGiNE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD
GROUND VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 3 EM59, ?~WAY YAZAKI 90, GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
“AR,ABLE VALVE TiblNG SOLENOlD VALVE ‘A’ BANK P131, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER/BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ‘i\’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
VARIABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - ‘B’ BANK P132, ?-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, ‘B’ BANK CYLlNDER HEAD, FRONT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS i ENGINE COMPARTMENT
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
B+
Bt
ST4 54~WAYTHRO”GH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK i REAR BULKHEAD/ RH SIDE
CA19 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW LH ‘R POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
Bt
EM1 12.WAY dUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,*DJ*CENTTO A’& PVMP
B-
B- EM2 WWAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘R POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
EM53 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE PASSENGER ‘& POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
FC1 54 WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LS3 WWAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BL*CK LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUND
PI1 57.WAY S”MlTOM0 TSO90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
Pi2 1%WAY ECONOSEAL 111ic, BLPiCK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND GROUNDS
GROUND
GROUND Ground Location / Type
GROUND EMBL EYELET (PAIR) EMS LH GROUND STUD
GROUND EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EMIGL
GROUND
EM1GR EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
GROUND
EM?, EYELET (SINGLEI - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
GROUND
GROUND GROUND +
GROUND (VALVE OPEN) B-
GROUND BT
GROUND Bt
GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
ECT FEEDBACK VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 2 EM%, Z~WAY SUMlTOMO 90 DC! BROWN ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
0.41 ” @ 195’F ,DECRE*SlNG WITH TEMPERATURE,
TPs FEEDB*cK 0.5 ” = IDLE, 4.75 V = WOT VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 3 EM59, ?-WAY YAZAKI 90, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
TPS FEEDBACK 0.5 ” = IDLE. 4 75 v = WOT VARIABLE VALVE TiMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - ‘A’ BANK P13, !N’$AYAMPJ”NIOR POWERTIMER, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,‘X BANK CYLlNDER HEW, FRONT
IATS, ECTS ,TPS, MECH*NIC*L GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON GROUND GROUND VARIABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - ‘B’ BANK PM, 2.WAY AMP JUNiOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT ,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HE*D, FRONT
F”ELT*NK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK 0.5 ” = IDLE, 4.75 ” = WOT
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION, TPS SHlELD GROUND GROUND
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK 0.5 ” = IDLE. 4 75 ” = WOT
RELAYS
PEDAL POSITON FEEDBACK 0.5 ” = IDE; 4.75 ” = WOT
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
IATS FEEDBACK THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT
0.98” @ 10°C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
MAFS FEEDBACK 1.2 ” @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM lNCREASE
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S 0.1 - 0.9 ” @ IDLE ,SWlNG,
UPSTREAM ‘N BANK H02S 0.1 - 0.9 ” @ IDLE iSWlNG, HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND Connector Type I Color Location I Access
02S, HOZS COMMON SHIELD GROUND GROUND BT4 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
CA19 X-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW LH ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘2’ POST FlNlSHER
ECM PROGRAMMING
EM? 12.WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGINE COMP*RTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3ACTl”ATE GROUND B+
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #1 *CT,“ATE
EM2 2%WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘R POST FINISHER
GROUND B+
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE #2 *CT,“ATE GROUND Bi
EM3 ,l~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B- EM53 ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘X POST FlNlSHER
‘8’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 20 KHz = KNOCK
‘4’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK LS3 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK LH ‘PI’ POST, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER
CKPS SIGNAL 5” @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz. 2000 RPM = 90 Hz PII 57.WAY SUMlTOMO TS090, BLACK ENGlNE COMP*RTMENT,B”LKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
CMPS SlGNAL 5 Hz @ lDLE P12 13WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT,BR*CKETON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
CMPS i CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHIELD GROUND
CKPS SIGNAL 5” @ ,000 RPM = 45 Hz: 2000 RPM = 90 HZ
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUNDS
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND Ground Location / Type
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
EMlL EYELET (PAIRI - EMS LH GROUND STUD
B+ GROUND
EMIGI EYELET ,PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
GROUND GROUND GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY EM,GR EYELET iPAIR - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
B+ GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ EM17 EYELET ISINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
GROVND
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROVND
GROUND GROUND GROUND CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
GROUND GROUND GROUND
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
+
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on thisdata page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TRUNK/REARBULKHEAD/RHSIDE
EM, 7%WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
EM3 II-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘R POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM51 12.WAY AUGAT 1.6, GREY ENGiNE COMPARTMENTIADJ~CENTTOABSPUMP
EM53 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 S&WA’, THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LS32 I-WAY YAZAKl, GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSlON ARM
Pi, S%WAY SUMlTOMO TS090, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
PE 1%WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SC3 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SW1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 0.40, BLACK lNSlDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 B-WAY ST, WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
8120 EYELET (SINGLE) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
EMBR EYELET (PAIRI -EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM17 EYELET (SINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR, -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LSlOL EYELET iPAIR - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data: LSlOR EYELET ,PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS20L EYELET ,PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; I)Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
FUEL PUMP RELAY ACT,“ATE IGNITION COIL- 1B PIZZ, ?-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,CAMSHAFTCOVER
GROUND B+
IGNlilON COIL-N Pl,B,2-WAYYAZAKl90,BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED GROUND B+
IGNlTlON COIL-2B Pm, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
FUEL PUMP RELAYACTlVATE GROUND B+
IGNlTlON COIL-U P120,2-WAYYAZAKl90,BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAYACTlVATE GROUND B+
IGNITION COIL-3B Pm, 2~WAY YAZAK, SO, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+ IGNlTlON COIL-W P121 , ?-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
PARALLEL ,HIGHI SPEED FAN ACT,“ATE GROUND B+ P125, ?-WAY YALAKl 90 , BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL-G
IGNITION COIL RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ IGNlTlON MODULE - 1 EMZ,, 12.WAY IGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
IGNITION MODULE I SWITCHING 5 Hz @ IDLE IGNITION MODULE - 2 EM29,12-WAY IGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
IGNITION MODULE 2 SfllTCHlNG 5 HZ @ IDLE INTERCOOLER PVMP 1530, Z-WAY AUGAT 1 5, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ADJACENT10 RH CRUSHTUBE
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hz @ IDLE RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LS31 , B-WAY TRW, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO LH CRVSHTUBE
IGNiTlON MODULE 1 WATCHING 5 HZ @ IDLE RADIATOR FAN - LH CF, , P-WAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW LH FAN
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG RADIATOR FAN - RH CE, l~!NAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW RH FAN
5 Hz @ IDLE
REFRIGERANT I-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LS26, G~WAY ECONOSEAL l/l LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT TO LH SlDE OF RADIATOR
IGNlTlON MODULE 1 SWITCHING 5 HZ @ IDLE
lGNlilON MODVLE 1 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hz @ IDLE
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hz @ IDLE
RELAYS
INJECTOR ‘38’ ACTIVATE B+
GROUND Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
INJECTOR ‘2B’ ACTIVATE GROUND B+
INJECTOR ‘4A’ ACTIVATE B+
AIRCONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM25, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
GROUND
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BROWN EM%, BROWN CONTROL MODVLE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
INJECTOR ‘1W ACTIVATE GROUND B+ FUEL PUMP RELAY 2 BROWN BUS RELAY#,,TR”NKF”SE BOX/TRUNK
INJECTOR ‘48’ ACT,“ATE GROUND B+ FUEL PUMP RELAY 1 BROWN BUS RELAYiM.TRUNK FUSE BOX/TRUNK
INJECTOR ‘3A’ ACTlVATE GROUND B+ lGNlTlON COIL RELAY BROWN EMX, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
INJECTOR ‘2.4’ ACTlVATE GROUND B+ INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY BLUE EM.41, BLUE CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
INJECTOR ‘1B’ ACT,“ATE GROUND B-
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK/REAR B”LKHEAD,RHSIDE
EM1 12.WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE PASSENGER ‘X’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FlNlSHER
EM51 IZ-WAY AUGAT 1.6, GREY ENGlNECOMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP
EM53 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR , BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
IJ, B-WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK ENGENE, FORWARD OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
IJ2 B-WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK ENGlNE, FORWARD OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
LS32 I-WAY YALAK,, GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONTSUSPENSION ARM
PI1 57.WAY SUMlTOMO TS090, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 IB~WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
SC3 12.WAY MVLTlLOCK 070, GREY ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SW, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040: BLACK lNSlDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 B-WAY JST , WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type Ground Location / Type
BT20 EYELET iSINGLE -TRUNK, 8H REAR GROUND STUD LSlOL EYELET IPAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EM17 EYELET iSINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROVND STVD LSlOR EYELET IPAIR) LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EM17 EYELET (SINGLE, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD LS2OL EYELET (PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EMBR EYELET (PAIRI -EMS LH GROUND STUD LSZIR EYELET iPAIR - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
FC,?R EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. +
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION ANQ IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
INSTRUMENT PACK
77 Pin Description Active Inactive GROUNDS
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 HZ
s FCZ4-20 SCP NETWORK
Ground Location I Type
2 ,600 Hz
C FCZ4~24 CAN NEWORK 15-1500Hz
CUR EYELET (P/JR) - DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD LH SIDE
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
ccx EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/ CABIN SIDE
LS291 EYELET IPAIR - ABS GROUND STUD
LS29R EYELET (PAIRI - ABS GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY,
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location I Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EMZS,BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY - LH BLUE CA%,BLUE RH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY - RH BLUE C.458,BLUE RH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY BLVE CA18,BLUE RH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
HEATED BACKLlGHT RELAY (%?I BROWN BUS RELAY%?.TRUNKFUSE BOX,TR”NK
HEATER PUMP RELAY Wli BROWN BUS RELAYit’?, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENl
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY- LH BLACK SK, BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY- RH BLACK SH3,BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
ST4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELFITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
CA10 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 8.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA19 ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
CNO 2GWAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW RH ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM1 ,l~WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ASS PUMP
EM42 I-WAY YAZAKI , GREY BULKHEAD/REAR OF ENGINE
EM51 ,Z-WAY AUGAT 1 6, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ASS PUMP
EM53 PO-WAY MULTILOCK &W/WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
LS3 S&WAYTHRO”GH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK LH ‘N POST, LOWER ‘K POST FlNlSHER
LS32 4.WAY YAZAKI , GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONTSUSPENSION ARM
PI, 57.WAY SUMITOMO TSOW, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENTiBULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CA30R EYELET (PAIRI - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘t’ POST GROUND SCREW
ccx EYELET ,PA,R, - DR,“E SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - LH SIDE
EM8R EYELET iPAiR EMS LH GROUND STUD
EMllL EYELET iPAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM18R EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND ST”0
IC6 EYELET (SINGLE)-TRUNK, LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LSIOL EYELET (PAIR, - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data: LSlOR EYELET ,PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
KalL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) U Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. +
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
INSTRUMENT PACK
Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
GROUND GROUND GROUND Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY s+ GROUND FC38, B-WAY AMP MICRO OUADLOCK, BLACK CENTER AIR VENT
ANALOG CLOCK
ADAPTIVE DAMPENINGWARN~NG GROUND t?+ COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH EM%, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ON COOLANT RESERVOIR
TRIP CYCLE GROUND iMOMENTARYi 8714, LUCAR - LOCKING POSlLOCK MKI FUELTANK SENDER UNIT/TRUNK CARPET
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
‘A/B TRIP SELECT GROUND iMOMENTARY, BT15, L”CA\R - LOCKING POSlLOCK MKI
‘ML/KM’ SELECT GROUND ,MOMENTARYI ,NSTR”MENT PACK FCZI, 48.WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASClA
SCP NETWORK FCZB, 24.WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
2 1500 Hi
SCP NETWORK OIL PRESSURE SWITCH P140, VWAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 I BLACK ENGINE BLACK, BELOW GENERATOR
2 - ,600 Hz
CAN NETWORK TRlP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27 i IO-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, BLACK FASCIA
15515mHz
CAN NETWORK TRIP CYCLE SWlTCH iCOLUMN SWlTCHGEARi SC2: IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS:
IS- 1500 HZ
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
GROUND GROUND GROUND
ILLUMlNATlON SUPPLY E% GROUND
GROUND REFERENCE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
GROUND GROUND
‘CLEAR’sELECT GROUND WOMENTAW Connector Type I Color Location I Access
‘000’ SELECT GROUYD ,MOMENTARYi
ST4 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK: REAR BULKHEAD! RH SIDE
CAN NETWORK 1% 1500 HZ
EM2 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST I LOWER ‘R POST FINISHER
CAN NETWORK 1551500Hr
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, SLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR “ENT,GLO”E BOX ASSEMBLY
PI, 57~WAY SUMITOMO TS090, SLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE SPEED
ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE
VEHICLE SPEED - A,CCM
GROUNDS
VEHICLE SPEED - PAS
“EHlCLE SPEED-ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE Ground Location I Type
FUEL LEVEL GAVGE FEEDBACK EM8L EYELET (PAIR, - EMS LH GROUND STUD
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE REFERENCE GROUND FC17L EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
AlRBAG MIL EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R
LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING FCZ(IR EYELET ,PAlR, - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
VEHICLE SPEED
DIMMER OVERRIDE
CHARGE WARNlNG CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
LOW COOLANT WARNING
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. +
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. SC1 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA25R EYELET IPAIR) -PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA2SR EYELET IPAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
I-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK BEHlND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
l-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ADJACENT TO BO”OM OF WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRlVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
X-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR i BLACK LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CCBL EYELET IPAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SIDE
CCBR EYELET ,PAIRI - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC,?R EYELET ,PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LSI8L EYELET (PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS1SR EYELET (PAIR) - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MU Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
cc3 EYELET (PAIRI - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
ccm EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FCliR EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LSISL EYELET (PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS,SR EYELET (PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
INSTRUMENT PACK TAIL LAMP UNIT- RH BT50, ,-WAY FRAM - FORD 2.4 TIMER, BLACK TRUNK RH SIDE, REAR LAMP COVER
TRAILER CONNECTOR BT32,14~WAY MULTiLOCK 070, YELLOW ABOVE TRUNK FUSE BOX
I7 Pin Description Active Inactive
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz
S FC24-20 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz RELAYS
C FC-24.24 CAN NETWORK 15- 1500 Hz
C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
1551500HZ
STOP LAMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY#S, TRUNK FUSE BOX/TRUNK
SIDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE iPlMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY#%TRUNKFUSEBOX,TRUNK
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active Inactive
0 BT,-3 RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
0 BT,-4 Location / Access
REAR FOG LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND Connector Type / Color
0 BTV5 REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCELSHELFiTRUNKiREAR B”LKHEAD,RHSIDE
I BT,-6 BATTERY SUPPLY B+ B+
CA19 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW LH ‘fi POST CONNECTOR MOUNTiNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
0 BTI-7 SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
FC, SI-WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
S BTM SCP NETWORK 2 1600 Hz
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
0 BT,-9 LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
FC7 ?-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DlMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
I BT,-13 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
I BTI-14 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S 811~16 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz
GROUNDS
I 872-l BRAKE SWITCH STATUS GROUND iBRAKE ONi B+ Ground Location / Type
I BT2-6 TRAILER CONNECTION STATUS GROUND (TRAILER PRESENT) B+ (NO TRAILER) BT20 EYELET (SINGLE, - TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
BT20 EYELET (SINGLE, - TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. BT21 L EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
BT22L EYELET iPAiR, - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
CAllL EYELET ,PAIRI - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD
CC% EYELET iPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
CCBR EYELET iPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FCliR EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
TRAILER CONNECTOR BT32, Id-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW ABOVE TRUNK FUSE BOX
INSTRUMENT PACK
V Pin Description Active Inactive RELAYS
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK Location I Access
2- ,800 HZ
Relay Case Color Connector / Color
S FC24-20 SCP NETWORK 2- ,600 HZ
STOP LAMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAYYS,TRUNKFUSEBOX/TRUNK
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15-1500HZ
SlDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #3. TRUNK FUSE BOX /TRUNK
C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK 1551500HZ
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTlON: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
FE 54~WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRlVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
LS3 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK LH ‘X POST, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
FC17L EYELET iPAIR - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LS18L EYELET (PAIRI - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LSISR EYELET (PAIRi - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE CA10 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRlVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA, 1 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
v Pin Description Active Inactive CA12 S-WAY MULTiLOCK 070 /YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
I RPlO~l BATERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ CA14 BYWAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DR,“ER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
I RP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND CA18 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE PASSENGER ‘Bit’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
S RP10~9 SCP NETWORK 2-1600HZ FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
0 RP10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTON) GROUND FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DR,“ER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
S RP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2- ,600 Hz ICi ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LH HEELBOARD
I RP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DIMMER MODULE
Description Inactive COMPONENTS
Active
INSTRUMENT PACKlLL”MlNAT,ON
BULBSUPPLY B+ iLIGHTS DNi GROUND Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
INSTRUMENT PACKILLUMlNATlON
BULBSUPPLY B- (LIGHTS ON) GROUND AIR CONDlTiONlNG CONTROL PANEL CC27,12-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CC?, 1G~WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SIDE LAMPS ON REQUEST GROUND ClGAR LIGHTER-FRONT CA,&,%WAY MULTlLOCK070,WHlTE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK VOLTAGE 1.3 ” _ DIM. 4 ” = BRlGHT ClGAR LIGHTER-REAR C.475, Z-WAY ClGAR LlGHTER , YELLOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE VENT
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND CA76, LUCAR - LOCKING POSILOCK MKI
GENERAL ILLUMlNATiON BULB SUPPLY B- (LIGHTS ON1 GROUND ANALOG CLOCK FC38, B-WAY AMP MICRO OUADLOCK, BLACK CENTER AIR VENT
GENERAL ILLUMlNATlON BULB SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTS DNi GROUND CRUISE CONTROL ON, OFF SWITCH CC20, ,&WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK I NATURAL CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND DlMMER CONTROL SC,, ,S-WAYMULTlLOCK070,WHlTE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
BAnERY POWER SUPPLY BT B+ DiMMER MODULE FC23, IZ-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
BATFERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ FASCIA SWlTCH PACK FC14, WVAY JAE IL-AG5, GREEN FASCIA SWlTCH PACK
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE 4v 0” FOG LAMP SWITCHES FC3, IO-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, NATURAL FASCIA/OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMlNATlON MOD, JLE CC14, ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24,48-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
INSTRUMENT PACK FCZ5,24~WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
\J Pin LlGHTlNG STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) X2, IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
Description Active Inactive ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
I FC24~26 GROUND GROUND GROUND MODE SWITCH ITRANSMISSION) CC4,10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
I FC24-27 lLLUMlNATlON SUPPLY BT GROUND RADIO, CASSETTE HEAD UNIT CA3, COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
lCl0, PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
I FCZS-21 DlMMER OVERRIDE IC19, CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE
GROUND B+
ROOF CONSOLE CA%, B-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
SPKE HEADER - CA224 CA224,20-WAY SUMlTOMO SPLICE HEADER, GREEN LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
SWITCH PACK - DRIVER DOOR DDI ,ZWAY MOS-26, YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR DOOR RD, , S-WAY LAG, GREEN DOOR TRIM PANEL
SWlTCH PACK- PASSENGER DOOR PD, , Y-WAY MQS26,YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
SWITCH PACK - PASSENGER REAR DOOR WI, S-WAY LAG, GREEN DOOR TRIM PANEL
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27 ,10-WAY AMP MlCRO OUAD LOCK, SLACK FASCIA
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CAB 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE DRIVER ‘+’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA, 1 Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CAT4 C-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE DRl”ER ‘B/C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CAIS 20.WAY MULTiLOCK 070 iYELLOW LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA27 IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
CA45 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA46 4~WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE DRIVER ‘BP POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
FC, 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 E&WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
FC7 Z&WAY MULTlLDCK 070, WHlTE ABOVE DIMMER MODULEiCOlN TRAY
SC3 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070,GREY ADJACENTTO STEERlNG COLUMN MOTOR
SM25-F IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE BEHIND PASSENGER SEAT BACK FlNlSHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR, - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR, - LH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET iPAIR)- DR,“E SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE
EYELET (PAIRI -DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) -DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - LH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET PAIRI - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET ,PAlR) - iH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
l Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation, THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
FC5 W-WAYTHROUGH PANEL
CONNECTOR
i BLACK BELOW DRIVER SlDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
LL2 *-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK BELOW CHASSIS RAIL, LH SIDE
LS3 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, SLACK LH ‘K POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CABOL EYELET (PAIR)- LH‘A’ POSTGROUND
SCREW
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY,
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
INSTRUMENT PACK +I
77 Pin Description Active Inactive
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK
S FC24-*0 SCP NETWORK
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK
C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
COmPOnentS connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
EM17 EYELET ISINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS lNFORMATlON SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY,
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
INSTRUMENT PACK
c7 Pin Description Active Inactive
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK
S FC24-20 SCP NETwORK
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK
C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY-DRIVER BROWN SMll~Di BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
SEAT RAISE RELAY VIOLET SMIB-D/VIOLET FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
SEAT LOWER RELAY VIOLET SM,B-D, VIOLET FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
CA8 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA13 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA23 TO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
FCI &-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRl”ER SlDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
FC7 2O~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CA25L EYELET (PAIR) -PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA2SL EYELET (PAIR, -DRIVER SEAT GROVND STUD
CCBL EYELET ,PAIIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABiN SlDE
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTfFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. +
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation, THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location I Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY- DRIVER BROWN SMl4-D,BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
SEATHEATERRELAY-PASSENGER BROWN SMll~P, BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
CA23 l&WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 ?&WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
FC7 X-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CCBL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
CA25L EYELET (PAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA26L EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
4-
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY-DRIVER BROWN SM14-D, BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
SEAT HEATER RELAY- PASSENGER BROWN SM,h-Pi BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
CA23 ,&WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
FC7 PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
-
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CCBL EYELET iPAW - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
CA25L EYELET iPAlR) -PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CAZGL EYELET (PAIR) DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
SEAT FORE, AFT SWlTCH - RH REAR BC5, IO-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK I BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
0 BS6-1 RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP FEED B+ Bt
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR - LH REAR BBJ-L, G-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW REAR SEAT
0 BSG~Z RH REAR SEAT LUMBER DEFLATE SOLENOID VALVE B+ 0”
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR - RH REAR BBS-R, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW REAR SEAT
0 856-3 LH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE /AFT MOTOR Bs 0”
SEAT HEADREST SWITCH - LH REAR BC4,,0-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK I BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
0 856-4 LH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE, AFT MOTOR B+ 0”
SEAT HEADREST SWITCH - RH REAR BC, , 10.WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK 1 BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
0 ES-5 LH REAR SEAT-HEADREST MOTOR B+ 0”
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP - LH REAR BBd-L, $-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, YELLOW REAR SEAT
0 BS6-6 LH REAR SEAT- HEADREST MOTOR B+ 0”
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP - RH REAR BBd-R, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW REAR SEAT
0 BS6-7 RH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE, AFT MOTOR B+ 0”
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH - LH REAR BC8, ,O-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK i BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
0 856.8 RH REAR SEAT MOTOR - FORE, AFT MOTOR Bi 0”
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH - RH REAR BC6,,0-WAY AMP MCRO QUAD LOCK i BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
0 BS6-10 LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP FEED B+ Bt
0 BSS~ll RH REAR SEAT - HEADREST MOTOR B+ 0”
0 856-12 RH REAR SEAT- HEADREST MOTOR B+ 0”
RELAYS
857.8 RH LUMBAR SWITCH - INFLATE REQUEST B+ 0” Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location I Access
857-S RH FORE, AFT SW,TC,+ -AFT REQUEST B+ 0” RH HEELBOARD RELAYS/ HEELBOARD COVER
LUMBAR DEFLATE RELAY - LH BLUE BS,O, BLUE
EC310 RH FORE /AFT SWITCH-FORE REQUEST B+ 0”
BS7-l4 RH HEADREST SWITCH-LOWER REQUES, B+ 0”
ET-15 RH HEADREST SWlTCH - RAISE REOUEST B+ 0” HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
BS7-16 LH HEADREST SWlTCH - LOWER REQUEST B+ 0”
ES,-17 LH HEADREST SWITCH RAISE REQUEST B+ 0” Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BS%18 LH FORE, AFT SWlTCH -AFT REQUEST B+ 0” B-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
BS3
857-19 LH FORE, AFT SWITCH - FORE REQUEST El+ 0” IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
BS4
BS7-20 RH LUMBAR SWITCH-DEFLATE REQUEST B+ 0” B-WAY MULTiLOCK 070 /WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
855
CA109 12.WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CA381 EYELET (PAIR) LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
CAllOL EYELET (PAIR) - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
CAllOR EYELET (PAIR, - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
853 S-WAYMULTILOCK
070/WHITE BELOW REARSEATC”SHlON
SS4 20.WAYMULTILOCK
070,WHlTE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
SSS S-WAY MULTLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHlDN
CA109 ,Z~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA38L EYELET (PAIRI - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
8513 J-WAYMLJLTILCICK
070/WHITE BELOW REARSEATCUSHION
BS15 SWAYMULTILOCK 070,WHlTE BELCIW REARSEATCUSHlON
CA109 12.WAYMULTlLclCK
070/WHITE BELOW REARSEATCUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA38L EYELET IPAIR)- LHHEELBOARD
POSTGROUND
SCREW
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
v Pin Description Active Inactive CA8 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRl”ER ‘4’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CAlD B-WAY MULTTILOCK 070 i YELLOW DRI”ER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
I RPlO~i BATTERY POWER SVPPLY B* Bt
PASSENGER ‘X’ POST/DOOR HARNESS GAITER
0 RP10-5 PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND CA1 1 Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
0 RP10-6 PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK B+ GROUND CA7 1 Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘X’ POST/ DOOR HARNESS GAITER
RP,O-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA?? B-WA,’ MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW
I RP,0-9 SW NETWORK 2 - ,800 Hz
S RP10-16 SCP NETWORK CA14 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE DR,“ER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
2-1800HZ
I RF’,&17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND CAT6 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE PASSENGER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
CA45 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
I RPII-20 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH GROUND ,DOOR DPEN,
CA48 I-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
FC7 *O-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COlN TRAY
v Pin Description Active
0 BT,-l TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ACTIVATE B+ (PULSE) GROUND
0 BT,-2 FUEL FlLLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ACTIVATE B+ (PULSE) GROUND GROUNDS
S BTI-8 SCP NETWORK 2-7600 HZ
0 BT,-l0 FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ACT,“ATE B+ GROUND Ground Location I Type
I BT,-13 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
I BTI-14 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND BT22L EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
I BT,-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY Bt BT28L EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK 1 RH CENTER GROUND STUD IRH FORWARD-EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES)
S BT,-16 SCP NETWORK
BT34 EYELET ,S,NGLE, - KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND, BACKLIGHT, CENTER
I BT2-3 TRUNK RELEASE REOUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY, B+ CAlOR EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
I BT2-5 TRUNK SECURIN SWlTCH STATUS GROUND (INTRUSION) B+ (SECURE) CA31L EYELET (PAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD
I BT2-7 DRIVER DOOR LOCK STATUS
CA33L EYELET (PAlR, RH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
I BT2-19 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK STATUS
CA33R EYELET IPAIR) - RH X’POST GROUND SCREW
I BTB-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA CA36L EYELET (PAlR) - LH ‘fl POST GROUND SCREW
I BT6-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD GROUND GROUND CA36R EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
CCSL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD i CABIN SIDE
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. CCSR EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
DRlVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST FVEL FILLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR BT16,2-WAY LABINOLINATURAL TR”NK,LH FRONT
B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST Bt (MOMENTARY) GROUND ,GN,TlON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4,8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE STEERlNG COLUMN
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND iDOOR OPEN) B+ TOP OF BACKLIGHT
KEY FOB ANTENNA BT33, ,-WAY COAXiAL CONNECTOR
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH CC,3,3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT, , ,6-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX
BT2, &WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
‘J Pin Description Active Inactive BT6, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
CA223,ZO.WAY SUMlTOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B+ SPLlCE HEADER - CA223
DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND BT43, Z-WAY LAEINAL, BROWN BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR
LOGlC GROUND GROUND GROUND BT42,2~WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREEN BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
SCP NEiWORK 2 - 1600 Hz
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH FC14,6-WAY JAE IL-AGS, GREEN FASCiA SWITCH PACK
SCP NETWORK 2 - ,800 Hz
POWER GROUND (FASCIA SWITCH PACK)
GROUND GROUND
MODULE IDENTlFlCATiON BT4, ,2-WAYAUGAT I.G,BLACK BEHlND TRUNK LID LINER
GROUND GROUND TRUNK SWlTCH
VALET SWITCH CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
DRi”ER REAR DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN, B+
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
WIPER RUN, STOP RELAY BLACK LS,, , BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RELAYS, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT
WIPER FAST, SLOW RELAY BLACK LS11, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RELAYS, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT
POWERWASH RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY ~$4, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX: ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Location I Access
EM3 PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
EMSl ENGlNE CDMPARIMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP
FC5 BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
LS3 LH ‘A, POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FiNlSHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EM17 EYELET iSINGLE, - EMSBULKHEAD
GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET iPAIR -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LS18R EYELET iPAIR - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LSlPL EYELET (PAIRI - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ WlNDOW LIFT MOTOR - DRIVER DD16, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING! TRIM PANEL
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY B+ &UN, WINDOW LIFT MOTOR-DRIVER REAR RD16, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
SCP NETWORK WINDOW LIFT MOTOR PASSENGER PD,B,P~WAYECONOSEAL 111LC,BLACK DOOR CASING I TRIM PANEL
2 - 1600 HZ
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY B+ GROUND WINDOW LIFT MOTOR-PASSENGER REAR RP16,Z-WAYECDNOSEALlli LC,BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
SCP NETWORK 2 1600 Hz
POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND WNDOW MT SWiTCH DD, ,26-WAY MOS~26 /YELLOW DOOR TRiM PANEL
MODULE IDENTlFiCATlON GROUND GROUND iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK1
DRlVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WlNDOW UP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARYI GROUND -
MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON GROUND GROUND
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE Connector Type / Color Location / Access
V Pin Description Active Inactive CA8 20.W.4Y
MULTlLOCK
070I WHlTE DRI”ER ‘Y POST, DOOR HARNESS GAiTER
BAnERY POWER SUPPLY B+ CA10 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY %O”ND ZO~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘% POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA1 1
LOGIC GROUND &O”ND GROUND
SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600HZ CA12 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER WINDOW LlFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY B+ GROUND CA14 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE DRIVER ‘B,? POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600Hz PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND CA\16 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
FC5 54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SlDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
1 PDll-6 PASSENGER DOOR SwTCH PACK Wlwow up REQUEST GROUND ,MOMENTARY) GROUND
I PDll-21 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REOUEST B+ ,MOMENTARYI GROUND FC7 20-WA,’ MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
INSTRUMENT PACK
77 Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
c FC24-24 CANNETWORK 15-1500Hz Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
c FC24-47 CANNETWORK 15-1500Hz ANTENNAMOTOR BT19,G~WAY
YAZAKITYPEc, WHITE ANTENNA MOTORASSEMBLY,
BATrERY
COVER
CDAUTO-CHANGER m, CDA”TOCHANGER DATACABLE TRUNKLHSlDEiTRUNKCARPET
0 FCE-20 VEHICLE
SPEED 22HZ@10MPH(16KM/HI;44Hz@20MPH(32KMIHI@Bi ,NSTR”MENTPACK FC24,48-WAY
AMPMODVLE PCSSIGNAL, BLACK FASClA
FCE, 24.WAY
AMPMODVLE PCSSGNAL, BLACK
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT RADIO,CASSETTE
HEADUNIT CA3, COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
lClO,20-WAY MULTLOCK 070 , WHlTE
iC19 ICD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE
7 Pin Description Active Inactive ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY, BATTERY COVER
RADIO ANTENNA CA,, COAXlAL CONNECTOR
I IC10-1 “EHlCLESPEED 22HZ@10MPH(1.5KM/H,;44HZ@20MPH132KM/HI@B+ RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) sw4,3-WAY WC, BLACK, WHITE STEERING WHEEL
I IC,O-2 STEERING WHEEL
AUDIOCONTROLS 0 v = MODE,1.2” = SEEK.
2 4” = VOLUME
‘+‘,3.7v = VOLUME
‘-’ 5v RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR RX, TO-WAY M”LTiLOCK 070, WHlTE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
0 IC,&S ANTENNA LIP B- GROUND SPEAKER, ‘K POST TWEETER - LH CA56 /Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK LH ‘A’ POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
SPEAKER, ‘K POST TWEETER - RH CA%, 2.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK RH ‘N POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS-DRIVER SIDE RD6,2-WPIY GROTE & HARTMAN MIX, BLACK DOOR CASING!TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER. REAR DOOR MlD-BASS - PASSENGER SDE RPS I P-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER - DRi”ER SlDE RD5, Z-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASNG /TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER. REAR DOOR TWEETER-PASSENGER SIDE RP5, ?-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS - DRIVER SIDE ,206, Z-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MDBASS - PASSENGER SlDE Pm, 2~W!aY GROTE & H?mTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASlNG , TRW PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER DRIVER SIDE DD5, Z-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK , BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER-PASSENGER SIDE PD5,2~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING iTRIM PANEL
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
ST4 WWAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF ITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
CA10 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRl”ER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 ,WHlTE PASSENGER ‘WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR “ENTiCOlN TRAY
ICI 11.WAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WHlTE LH HEELBOARD
ICC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LH HEELBOARD
SC3 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
BT28L EYELET iPAlRi TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD IRH FORWARD-EARLY PRODUCTlON VEHICLES1
CE2 EYELET (SINGLE) - RADIO GROUND STUD, TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, CENTER
FC17R EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
t-
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
INSTRUMENT PACK
77 Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
c X24-24 CANNETWORK Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
c FCZ4-47 CAN NETWORK
ANTENNA MOTOR BT19, BYWAY YAZAKI TYPE C i WHITE ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY! BATTERY COVER
CD AUTOXHANGER 1C5, CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE TRUNK LH SIDE /TRUNK CARPET
0 FC25 20 VEHICLE SPEED
,NSTRUMENT PACK FCZ4: WWAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL II BLACK FASCIA
FCZS, 24~WAY AMP MODVLE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
POWER AMPLiFlER ICX! ,*-WAY MULTlLOCK 070! WHITE TRVNK LH SIDE /TRUNK CARPET
POWER AMPLIFIER IC31 , ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070 i WHITE
7 Pin Description Inactive RADIO, CASSETTE HEAD UNIT CM: COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
iCl0 120.WA” MULTILOCK /WHITE
OM” IC19 .‘CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE
OM” RAD,O ANTENNA CA,, COAXIAL CONNECTOR ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY, BATTERY COVER
GROUND RADIO CONTROL SWTCHES (STEERING WHEEL) w/4,3-WAY EPC, BLACKiWHlTE STEERING WHEEL
0 M” RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR RT2, ?&WAY MULTILOCK 070 I WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
0 M” SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETER - LH CA!%, ?-WAY MVLTILOCK 040 I BLACK LH ‘K POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
SPEAKER, ‘N POST TWEETER - RH CA54, MVAYMULTILOCK 040: BLACK RH ‘N POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS -DRIVER SIDE RDS : 2~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER. REAR DOOR MID~BASS PASSENGER SIDE RF%, 2.WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER -DRIVER SIDE RD5, ?~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER PASSENGER SIDE RPS ,2~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING lTRlM PANEL
r;J Pin Description Active Inactive SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS- DRIVER SIDE DD6, P-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
I ICIO-1 VEHICLE SPEED 22 HZ @ 10 MPH 116 KMIHI; 44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM:H~ Q B+
SPEAKER. FRONT DOOR MlD-BASS PASSENGER SIDE PD6, P-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
I IC,O-2 STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROLS SUBWOOFER BT52 I ?-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK: BLACK ABOVE FUEL TANK /TRUNK CARPET
0 v = MODE, 1 2 ” = SEEK, 2.4 v = VOLUME ‘+‘, 3 7 v = VOLUME ‘L’ 5v
ST53 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK i BLACK
0 IC1E ANTENNA UP B+ GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
54-WAY THROVGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF/TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
8-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW PASSENGER ‘I POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
G-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘WC POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
54~WA.Y THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, CON TRAY
14.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LH HEELBOARD
12~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LH HEELBOARD
12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT22R EYELET iPAiR, -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
BT28L EYELET ,PA,R, - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD (RH FORWARD EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES1
CEZ EYELET (SINGLE) RADIO GROUND STUD /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, CENTER
FC17R EYELET IPAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type / Color Location / Access
TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT64, COAXIAL CONNECTOR BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
RT65, COAXIAL CONNECTOR HEATED BACKLIGHT, HEADLlNlNG, REAR
RT66, COAXlAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
TELEPHONE HANDSET RT5, TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
TELEPHONE MICROPHONE CA67 I ?-WAY MVLTILOCK 040, BLUF ROOF CONSOLE
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER RT3, TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
RT4 /TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
RT, TELEPHONE! PROPRlETARY CENTER CONSOLE
RT2 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA38R EYELET IPAIR) - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
HORN RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY#6, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY BROWN BUS RELAYfG,TRUNKFUSE BOXiTRUNK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
ST4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF/TRUNK/ REAR BULKHEAD, RH SlDE
EM1 lW”AY PlUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGINE CDMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO ASS PUMP
EM3 11.WAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WHlTE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
SC2 l&WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SC3 1%WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SW1 1%WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SWZ B-WAY JST, WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT?lR EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
CABlR EYELET ,PAIR, - RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CA47L EYELET (PAIR) - DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE
CA47R EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE
FC17R EYELET ,P*,Rl- EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LSIBR EYELET (PAIR, - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS20R EYELET ,PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
ABS iTRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LS27,25-WAY AMP, FORD I BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,11-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DATA LINK CONNECTOR CCS! 18~WAY AMP IOBD2i, BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRlVER DDIO, 2%WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL
DOI,, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER REAR RDlO, T-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
RDll ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE -PASSENGER PDtO i 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
PDlt , *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER/BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER REAR RPlO ! 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
RP, l/22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO, 28.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM,, ,16-W*,’ MULTILOCK 040: GREY
EM12,22-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM13,34-WAY MULTlLOCK040,GREY
EM141 12.WAY MULTILOCK 47!WH\TE
Eb.415, Z-WAY MULTlLDCK 47 /WHITE
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE CC14,lO~WAY MULTlLOCK070,WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
lNSTRUMENT PACK FC24 14%WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASClA
FC25, h-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL! BLACK
SEAT CONTROL MODULE -DRIVER SM,-D, 18.WAYFORD 28TIMER,BLACK DRIVER SEAT, UNDER
SM2-D, 26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
SW&D, 10.WAY FORDZ8TlMER,BL*CK
SEAT CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER SM,-P,IB-WAYFDRD2.8TIMERiBLACK PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER
SMB~P, 10.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
SPLICE HEADER - CA222 CA222,2&WAY SUMITOMD SPLICE HEADER, GREY RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
SPLICE HEADER CA223 CAZ23, PO-WAY SUMiTOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
TRANSMlSSlON CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A EM,, %-WAY BOSCH, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
TRANSMlSSiON CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC EM61,18-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM62,1CWAYAMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF /TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SlDE
CA8 X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘R POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA1 1 DWAY MULTlLOCK 070,WHITE P*SSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA18 PO-W*Y MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW LH ‘4’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
CA23 ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
CA45 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER WC’ POST/DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA46 &WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR H*RNESS GAITER
EM1 12.WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGINECOMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP
EM2 20.WAY MULTiLOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘X POST, LOWER ‘X POST FINISHER
FCl 54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT: GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC7 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WH!TE ABOVE DiMbIER MODULE, COIN TRAY
FCll II-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CCBL EYELET IPAIR, RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
ADAPTIVE
DAMPING
CONTROL
MODULE EM68,35~WAYAMPJUNIOR
POWERTlMER,BLACK ADJACENTTOPASSENGER
SIDEBLOWER,
GLOVE BOXASSEMBLY
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE CCZ8,26-WAY M”LTlLOCK 47, GREY
CC29,16-WAY MVLTlLOCK 47, GREY
cc30, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
cc31,22-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL PANEL ccz7,12-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
AlRBAG, SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR C.461, SO-WAY EL050, YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DATA LINK CONNECTOR cm, 16-WAY AMP ~OBD2i , BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO, 28.WAY MULTILOCK OK! GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM1 1,1G~WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,*, 22.WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM13,3.%WAY MULTILOCK 0.40, GREY
EM14,12-WAY M”LTiLOCK47,WHlTE
EM15122~WAY MULTiLOCK47,WHlTE
KEYTRANSPONDER MODULE FCZ, 20.WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREEN BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
SPLICE HEADER - CA225 CA225, T-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, NATURAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
CA19 ZO-WAYMULTILOCK
070,YELLOW LH‘K POST CONNECTORMOVNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
EM2 ZwdAYMULTILOCK
070,GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POSTFINiSHER
EM3 14WAYM”LTlLOCK
070,WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POSTFINISHER
EM53 2wvvAYMULTILOCK
070,WHITE PASSENGER ‘I’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FCll ,*-WAYMULTILOCK
070,WHITE ABOVEDIMMER MOO”LE,COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
ccx EYELET IPAIR)- RHFRONT BULKHEAD
STUD/CABIN SlDE
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
XJ Series 1998 Appendix
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Appendix
Received by TCM
Message Usage Source
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning ABS
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics ECM
CAN throttle position Throttle valve position ECM
CAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand ECM
CAN torque reduction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management ECM
CAN engine speed Engine speed ECM
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECM
CAN cruise status Cruise control system status ECM
CAN OBDII clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBDII DTCs ECM
CAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius ECM
CAN left front wheel speed Left front wheel speed ABS
CAN right front wheel speed Right front wheel speed ABS
CAN left rear wheel speed Left rear wheel speed ABS
CAN right rear wheel speed Right rear wheel speed ABS
CAN NWM token– ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status INST
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – TCM From external diagnostics device only DIAG
Received by INST
Message Usage Source
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction algorithm is functioning ABS
CAN ABS PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ABS / TC CM ABS
CAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size ABS
CAN reference distance traveled Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size ABS
CAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems ABS
CAN engine speed Engine speed ECM
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECM
CAN park brake status Indicates whether the parking brake is on ECM
CAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switch TCM
CAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected TCM
CAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperature TCM
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCM
CAN TCM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of TCM TCM
CAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius ECM
CAN engine OBDII MIL MIL control for OBDII DTCs ECM
CAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN ECM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ECM ECM
CAN fuel used Derived from the injector pulse duration ECM
CAN right rear wheel speed Rear right wheel speed ABS
CAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCM
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – INST From external diagnostics device only DIAG
Received by ABS / TC CM
Message Usage Source
CAN traction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for traction control ECM
CAN traction estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics ECM
CAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speed TCM
CAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speed TCM
CAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slop TCM
CAN kickdown Kickdown status TCM
CAN throttle position Throttle valve position ECM
CAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand ECM
CAN engine speed Engine speed ECM
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECM
CAN OBDII clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBDII DTCs ECM
CAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear state TCM
CAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockup TCM
CAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selected TCM
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCM
CAN gear position target Target gear position for next shift TCM
CAN torque transfer in progress Indicates torque transfer in progress during gearshift TCM
CAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes TCM
CAN engine OBDII MIL MIL control for OBDII DTCs ECM
CAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN ECM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ECM DTCs should switch MIL on ECM
CAN engine DTCs ECM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes ECM
CAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCM
CAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status INST
CAN diagnostic data in – ABS From external diagnostics device only DIAG
* NA engines only
** SC engines only
Gear
Message ABS ECM TCM INST Selector DIAG
CAN throttle malfunction red R ................. T ....................................... R ................................................
CAN throttle malfunction amber R ................. T ....................................... R ................................................
CAN ECM fault code MIL status R ................. T ............................................................................................
CAN ECM PECUS flag .................. T ....................................... R ................................................
CAN engine fault codes R ................. T ............................................................................................
CAN fuel used .................. T ....................................... R ................................................
CAN left front wheel speed T ................. R ................. R ......................................................................
CAN right front wheel speed T ................. R ................. R ......................................................................
CAN left rear wheel speed T ................. R ................. R ......................................................................
CAN right rear wheel speed T ................. R ................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN NWM token – ECM R ................. T .................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN NWM token – TCM R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................................................
CAN NWM token – INST R ................. R ................. R .................. T ................................................
CAN NWM token – ABS T ................. R ................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN diagnostic data in – ECM .................. R .................................................................................. T .....
CAN diagnostic data in – TCM ........................................ R ............................................................. T .....
CAN diagnostic data in – INST ............................................................. R ....................................... T .....
CAN diagnostic data in – ABS R ........................................................................................................ T .....
CAN diagnostic data out – ECM .................. T ................................................................................... R .....
CAN diagnostic data out – TCM .................. T ....................................... R ................................................
CAN diagnostic data out – INST .............................................................. T ....................................... R .....
CAN diagnostic data out – ABS T ........................................................................................................ R .....
# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM DRDCM PRDCM SLCM
55 Passenger mirror left ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
56 Unlock all doors .............................. T / R ........ T / R .............................................. R ............. R .......................
57 Unlock fuel filler flap ................................. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
58 Remote unlock ............... R ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............................... T .....
59 Remote trunk release ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
60 Lock all doors ............... R .............. T .............. T .............................................................................................
61 Lock fuel filler flap ................................. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
62 Superlock all doors .............................. T / R ........ T / R .............................................. R ............. R .......................
63 Remote superlock ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
64 Remote lock ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
65 Vehicle unlocked ............... R .............. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
66 Driver front door unlocked ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
67 Passenger front door unlocked ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
68 Exterior trunk release disabled ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
69 Driver door lock cylinder status ............... R .............. T .............. R ................................................ R ............. R .............. R .....
70 Passenger door lock cylinder status ............... R ............. R ............. T ................................................ R ............. R .............. R .....
71 Remote transmitter ID ....................................................................................................... R ............................... T .....
72 Vehicle locked ............... R .............. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
73 Driver front door locked ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
74 Passenger front door locked ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
75 Exterior trunk release enabled ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
76 Central locking switch active ............... T ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... R .....
77 Open trunk ............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
78 Hood closed R ............. T ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... R .....
79 Driver front door closed R ............. R .............. T .............. R ............. R .............................. R ............................... R .....
80 Passenger front door closed R ............. R ............. R ............. T ............................... R ................................................. R .....
81 Driver rear door closed R ............. R ............. R ............. R ................................................. T ............................... R .....
82 Passenger rear door closed R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................. T .............. R .....
83 Trunk closed R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
84 Hood ajar R ............. T ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... R .....
85 Driver front door ajar R ............. R .............. T .............. R ............. R .............................. R ............................... R .....
86 Passenger front door ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. T ............................... R ................................................. R .....
87 Driver rear door ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. R ................................................. T ............................... R .....
88 Passenger rear door ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................. T .............. R .....
89 Trunk ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
90 Exterior trunk release active ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
91 Driver seat exit position ............... T ................................................ R ...........................................................................
92 Driver seat entry / exit mode initiated ............... T ................................................ R ...........................................................................
93 Sunroof position status ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
94 Stop global window close ............... T ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............. R .......................
95 Stop sunroof close ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
96 Stop passenger front window ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
97 Stop driver rear window ................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................
98 Stop passenger rear window ................................. T .................................................................................... R .......................
99 Rear window switches – enable ............... T ................................................................................... R ............. R .......................
100 Open passenger front window ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
101 Open driver rear window ................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................
102 Open passenger rear window ................................. T .................................................................................... R .......................
103 Global close windows ............... T ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............. R .......................
104 Close driver front window ................................ R ..............................................................................................................
105 Close sunroof ............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
106 Close passenger front window ................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
107 Close driver rear window ................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................
(continued)